2k16 export cadillac CTS KTA-6501 2 GB.ai 1 9/4/2015 10:22

Edition: September 2015, Chevrolet Europe GmbH, Zürich, Switzerland.

Owner Manual

KTA-6501/2-GB 09/2015

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

2k16_export_cadillac_CTS_KTA-6501_2_GB.ai 1 9/4/2015 10:22:30 AM2k16_export_cadillac_CTS_KTA-6501_2_GB.ai 1 9/4/2015 10:22:30 AM

Cadillac CTS/CTS-V Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-Europe-9367723) -2016 - CRC - 10/9/15

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 28

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 102

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 163

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 179

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 324

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 337

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CADILLAC,the CADILLAC Emblem, and CTSare trademarks and/or servicemarks of General Motors LLC, itssubsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “DoNot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”


Introduction 3

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner'smanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. For moreinformation on the symbol, refer tothe Index.

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

# : Air Conditioning

G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

g : Audio Steering Wheel Controls

$ : Brake System Warning Light

" : Charging System

I : Cruise Control

` : Do Not Puncture

^ : Do Not Service

B : Engine Coolant Temperature

O : Exterior Lamps

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

. : Fuel Gauge

+ : Fuses

3 : Headlamp Main/Dipped-BeamChanger

( : Heated Steering Wheel

* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp

: : Oil Pressure

O : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

> : Safety Belt Reminders

7 : Tyre Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak®

a : Under Pressure

M : Windscreen Washer Fluid


4 Introduction

2 NOTES


In Brief 5

In Brief

Instrument PanelInstrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Initial Drive InformationInitial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 9Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 14Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 14Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Passenger Sensing System . . . 15Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 16Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Windscreen Wiper/Washer . . . . . 18

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Vehicle FeaturesInfotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 21Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 21Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Driver InformationCentre (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . 22Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 23Surround Vision (CTS Only) . . . 23Curb View Camera(CTS-V Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 23Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Automatic ParkingAssist (APA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Performance and MaintenanceTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Tyre Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . 26Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 26Car Wash Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . 26Driving for Better FuelEconomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27


6 In Brief

Instrument Panel


In Brief 7

1. Air Vents 0 177.

2. Indicator Lever. See Indicatorand Lane-ChangeSignals 0 158.

3. Manual Mode 0 204 (IfEquipped).

4. Instrument Cluster 0 111.

5. Windscreen Wiper/Washer 0 104.

6. Hazard WarningFlashers 0 158.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 240(If Equipped).

Start/Stop Disable Switch (IfEquipped). See Starting theEngine 0 196.

7. Light Sensor (If Equipped). SeeAutomatic HeadlampSystem 0 157.

Solar Sensor. See DualAutomatic Climate ControlSystem 0 170.

8. Infotainment 0 163.

9. Glove Box Button. See GloveBox 0 99.

Automatic Parking AssistButton (If Equipped). SeeAssistance Systems forParking or Backing 0 228.

Parking Assist Button. SeeAssistance Systems forParking or Backing 0 228.

10. Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 60 (If Equipped).

11. Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 170.

12. Instrument Panel Storage 0 99.

Wireless Charging Pad (IfEquipped) (Out of View). SeeWireless Charging 0 108

13. Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 209.

14. MODE Switch. See DriverMode Control 0 211.

15. Shift Lever. See AutomaticTransmission 0 202.

Manual Mode Button. SeeAutomatic Transmission 0 202.

16. ENGINE START/STOP Button.See Ignition Positions 0 194.

17. Steering Wheel Controls 0 104.

Driver Information Centre (DIC)Controls. See DriverInformation Centre (DIC) 0 129.

18. Horn 0 104.

19. Steering WheelAdjustment 0 103.

20. Cruise Control 0 217 (IfEquipped).

Adaptive Cruise Control 0 220(If Equipped).

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 234 (If Equipped).

Heated Steering Wheel 0 104(If Equipped).


8 In Brief

21. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 159.

22. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 131(If Equipped).

23. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See MalfunctionIndicator Lamp (Check EngineLight) 0 119.

24. Bonnet Release. SeeBonnet 0 254.

25. Electric Parking Brake (EPB)Switch. See ElectricHandbrake 0 207.

Initial DriveInformationThis section provides a briefoverview about some of theimportant features that may or maynot be on your specific vehicle.

For more detailed information, referto each of the features which can befound later in this owner manual.

Stop/Start SystemThe vehicle may have a fuel savingstop/start system to shut off theengine and help conserve fuel.

When the brakes are applied andthe vehicle is at a complete stop,the engine may turn off. When thebrake pedal is released or theaccelerator pedal is pushed, theengine will restart.

The automatic engine stop/startfunction can be disabled using theswitch. See Starting theEngine 0 196.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemThe RKE transmitter may work up to60 m (197 ft) away.

Press the button to remove the key.The key can be used for all locks.

Press K to unlock the driver door orall doors.

Press Q to lock all doors.

Lock and unlock feedback can bepersonalised. See VehiclePersonalisation 0 146.


In Brief 9

PressX twice quickly to releasethe boot.

Press 7 and release to initiatevehicle locator.

Press and hold 7 for more thanthree seconds to sound the panicalarm.

Press 7 again to cancel the panicalarm.

See Keys 0 28 and Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.

Remote Vehicle StartThe engine can be started fromoutside of the vehicle.

Starting the Vehicle

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe indicator lamps flash.

3. Start the vehicle normally afterentering.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglights will turn on.

Remote start can be extended.

Cancelling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do one ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warninglights.

. Turn the vehicle on and then off.

See Remote Vehicle Start 0 34.

Door Locks

Keyless Access

Press the button on the door handleand pull the handle when theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is within range. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.

Manual Operation

From outside, use the key in thefront doors. The key cylinder iscovered by a cap. See DoorLocks 0 35.

From the inside rear doors, pushdown on the door lock knob on topof the door. To unlock a door, pullonce on the door handle to unlock it,and again to open it.

Power Door Locks

From outside, press Q or K on theRKE transmitter. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 29.


10 In Brief

From inside, press Q or K. Theindicator light in the switch willilluminate when activated. SeePower Door Locks 0 37.

Boot

To open the boot, press| on the

driver door, pressX twice quicklyon the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter, or press the touch padon the rear of the vehicle afterunlocking all doors.

For Keyless Access, press thetouch pad on the rear of theboot above the number platewhen the RKE transmitter is inrange. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 29 andBoot 0 39.

Windows

The driver power window switchescontrol all the windows. Thepassenger switch only controls thatwindow.

Press the switch down to lower thewindow. Pull the switch up to raiseit. See Power Windows 0 46.

Seat Adjustment

Power Seats

High Performance Seat

To adjust the seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

. If equipped, raise or lower thefront part of the seat cushion bymoving the front of the controlup or down.


In Brief 11

V–Series Seat Adjustment


1. Feature Select2. Up3. Rearward4. Down5. Forward

. Move Feature Select (1) todisplay seat adjustments on thecentre console. Press andrelease or hold to scroll throughfeatures.

. Press Up (2) to make upwardadjustments of the selectedfeature.

. Press Rearward (3) to makerearward adjustments of theselected feature.

. Press Down (4) to makedownward adjustments of theselected feature.

. Press Forward (5) to makeforward adjustments of theselected feature.

See Power Seat Adjustment 0 54.

Lumbar Adjustment

Base Seat

To adjust the lumbar and bolstersupport, if equipped:

. Press and hold the adjustmentcontrol forward or rearward toincrease or decrease lumbarsupport.

. Press and hold the adjustmentcontrol up or down to increase ordecrease backrest bolstersupport, if equipped.

Bolster Adjustment

If equipped, to increase or decreasethe backrest bolster support, pressand hold the recliner control upand down.


12 In Brief

See Lumbar Adjustment 0 56.

V-Series Bolster Support

4–Way Lumbar Support

To adjust lumbar support,if equipped:


. Press and release or holdFeature Select (1) to scroll tolumbar support on the centreconsole.

. Press Forward (5) orRearward (3) to adjust lumbarforward or rearward.

. Press Up (2) or Down (4) toadjust lumbar support upor down.

Cushion Bolster

To adjust cushion bolster support,if equipped:

. Press and release or holdFeature Select (1) to scroll tobolster support on the centreconsole.

. Press Forward (5) orRearward (3) to adjust bolstersupport inward or outward.

Back Bolster Support

To adjust back bolster support,if equipped:

. Press and release or holdFeature Select (1) to scroll toupper back support on thecentre console.

. Press Forward (5) orRearward (3) to adjust backsupport forward or rearward.


In Brief 13

Reclining Seat Backrests

Base Seat

To adjust the seat back:

. Tilt the top of the controlrearward to recline.

. Tilt the top of the control forwardto raise.


To adjust the seat back:



See Reclining Seat backrests 0 57.

Memory Features

The SET, 1, 2, andB (Exit) buttonson the driver door are used tomanually store and recall memorysettings for the driver seat, outsidemirrors, and power tilt andtelescoping steering column (ifequipped).

When Auto Memory Recall isenabled in the personalisationmenu, positions previously stored tomemory buttons 1 and 2 arerecalled when the ignition ischanged from OFF to ON/RUN/START or ACC/ACCESSORY.


14 In Brief

When Easy Exit Options is enabledin the personalisation menu, theseats will move rearward when theignition is changed to OFF anddriver door is opened within ashort time.

See Memory Seats 0 58 andVehicle Personalisation 0 146.

Heated and VentilatedSeats

Front Seats

If equipped, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the centre stack.To operate, the ignition must be inON/RUN/START.

Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andseatback.

Press C or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat. A ventilated seathas a fan that pulls or pushes airthrough the seat. The air is notcooled.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsnext to the buttons indicate three forthe highest setting and one for thelowest. If the front heated seats areon high, the level may automaticallybe lowered after approximately30 minutes.

See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 60.

Head RestraintAdjustmentIf equipped with base seats, thevehicle's front seats have adjustablehead restraints in the outboardseating positions.

If equipped with high performanceseats, the vehicle's front seats havehead restraints in the outboardseating positions that cannot beadjusted.

Do not drive until the head restraintsfor all occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To achieve a comfortable seatingposition, change the seatbackrecline angle as little as necessarywhile keeping the seat and the headrestraint height in the properposition.

See Head Restraints 0 52 andPower Seat Adjustment 0 54.


In Brief 15

Safety Belts

Refer to the following sections forimportant information on how to usesafety belts properly:

. Safety Belts 0 64.

. How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly 0 65.

. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 66.

. ISOFIX Child RestraintSystems 0 92

Passenger SensingSystem

The passenger sensing system willturn off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 77.

The passenger airbag statusindicator lights on the overheadconsole are visible when the vehicleis started. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 118.

Mirror Adjustment

Exterior

Controls for the outside powermirrors are on the driver door.

To adjust each mirror:

1. Press L (Left) or R (Right) toselect the driver or passengerside mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move the mirror up,down, right, or left.


16 In Brief

3. Adjust each mirror so that alittle of the vehicle and the areabehind it can be seen.

4. PressO to deselect the mirror.

See Power Mirrors 0 44.

Interior

Adjust the inside rearview mirror fora clear view of the area behind thevehicle.

The mirror automatically dims toreduce the glare of headlamps frombehind. The dimming feature comeson when the vehicle is started. SeeAutomatic Dimming RearviewMirror 0 46.

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Power Tilt and Telescoping Wheel

If equipped, the control is on the leftside of the steering column.

. Push the control up or down totilt the steering wheel upor down.

. Push the control forward orrearward to move the steeringwheel toward the front or rear ofthe vehicle.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

To set the power tilt wheel memoryposition, see Memory Seats 0 58.


In Brief 17

Interior LightingDome Lamp

To change the dome lamp settings,press the following:

OFF : Turns the lamp off, evenwhen a door is open.

DOOR : The lamp comes on whena door is opened.

ON : Turns the lamp on.

Reading Lamps

There are front and rear readinglamps on the overhead console andover the rear passenger doors.These lamps come on when anydoor is opened.

To manually turn the reading lampson or off:

Pressm orn next to eachoverhead console reading lamp.

Press the lamp lenses over the rearpassenger doors.

For more information on interiorlighting, see Instrument PanelIllumination Control 0 159.


18 In Brief

Exterior Lighting

There are four positions:

O : Turns off the exterior lamps.The knob returns to the AUTOposition after it is released. Turn toO again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

AUTO : Automatically turns theexterior lamps on and off,depending on outside lighting.

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 154.

Windscreen Wiper/Washer

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,move the stalk to select the wiperspeed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : Use this setting for intermittentwipes or Rainsense™, if equipped.For intermittent wipes, move thewindscreen wiper stalk to INT. Turnthex INT band up for morefrequent wipes or down for lessfrequent wipes.

If equipped with Rainsense and thefeature is enabled in vehiclepersonalisation, move thewindscreen wiper lever to INT andturn thex INT band to adjust thesensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.


In Brief 19

. Move the windscreen wiper leverout of the INT position todeactivate Rainsense.

To turn the Rainsense feature on oroff, see “Rain Sense Wipers” underVehicle Personalisation 0 146.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe stalk down. For several wipes,hold the stalk down.

nL : Pull the stalk toward you tospray windscreen washer fluid andactivate the wipers.

See Windscreen Wiper/Washer 0 104.

Climate ControlsThe climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust theheating, cooling, and ventilation.

Climate Control Buttons

1. Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls

2. Fan Control

3. OFF (Fan)

4. Driver and Passenger Heatedand Ventilated Seats (IfEquipped)

5. Recirculation

6. Rear Window Demister

7. Defrost

8. AUTO (Automatic Operation)


20 In Brief

Climate Touch Screen Controls

1. Outside Temperature Display


3. Fan Control

4. SYNC (SynchronisedTemperature)

5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning)

6. Climate Control Selection(Application Tray Button)

7. Rear (Rear Climate ControlTouch Screen)

8. Air Delivery Mode Control

See Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 170 and Rear ClimateControl System 0 175 (if equipped).

TransmissionTap Shift

If equipped, permanent Tap ShiftMode may be entered with the shiftlever in D (Drive), by pressing the M(Manual Mode) button on the top ofthe gear lever.

Temporary Tap Shift Mode may beentered while in D (Drive) using thetap shift controls on the back of thesteering wheel.

See Manual Mode 0 204.

Starting the EngineWhen first starting the vehicle, theengine idle speed will be elevated toallow the catalytic converter, anemissions control device, to quicklyreach operating temperature. Afterapproximately 20 seconds, theengine will begin to transition to itsnormal, quieter idle speed, whichcan vary depending on thetemperature. This is normaloperation.


In Brief 21

Vehicle Features

Infotainment SystemSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Cruise Control

J : Press to turn the system onand off. A white indicator appears inthe instrument cluster when cruiseis turned on.

+RES : If there is a set speed inmemory, press the control up brieflyto resume to that speed or pressand hold to accelerate. If the cruisecontrol is already active, use toincrease vehicle speed. To increasespeed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press+RES up to the first detent. Toincrease speed to the next 5 km/h

(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,press +RES up to the seconddetent.

SET− : Press the control downbriefly to set the speed and activatecruise control. If cruise control isalready active, use to decreasevehicle speed. To decrease speedby 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET−down to the first detent. To decreasespeed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph)mark on the speedometer, pressSET− down to the second detent.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

See Cruise Control 0 217 orAdaptive Cruise Control 0 220 (ifequipped).

Driver InformationCentre (DIC)The DIC display is in the instrumentcluster. It shows the status of manyvehicle systems.


22 In Brief

y orz : Press to move up ordown in a list.

S or T : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster. Press S to go back to theprevious menu.

SEL : Press to open a menu orselect a menu item. Press and holdto reset values on certain screens.

See Driver Information Centre(DIC) 0 129.

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, FCA may help avoid orreduce the harm caused byfront-end crashes. FCA provides agreen indicator,V, when a vehicleis detected ahead. This indicatordisplays amber if you follow avehicle much too closely. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a flashing redalert on the windscreen and rapidlybeeps or pulses the driver seat.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 234.

Front Automatic Braking(FAB) SystemIf the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it also has FAB,which includes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is travelling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake the

vehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear.

See Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System 0 236.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a indicator inthat direction. It may also provide aLane Departure Warning (LDW)alert as the lane marking is crossed.The system will not assist or alert ifit detects that you are activelysteering. Override LKA by turningthe steering wheel. LKA uses acamera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and180 km/h (112 mph).

See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)0 240 and Lane Keep Assist(LKA) 0 240.


In Brief 23

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside side mirror and will flash ifthe indicator is on. The Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) system isincluded as part of the LCA system.

See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)0 238 and Lane Change Alert(LCA) 0 238.

Surround Vision(CTS Only)If equipped, views around thevehicle display on the centreconsole to aid with parking andlow-speed manoeuvres.

See “Surround Vision” underAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 228.

Front Vision Camera

If equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle displays on thecentre console to aid with parkingand low-speed manoeuvres.

See “Front Vision Camera” underAssistance Systems for Parking orBacking 0 228.

Curb View Camera(CTS-V Only)If equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle displays on thecentre console to aid with parkingand low-speed manoeuvres. Thedisplay shows a front, top downview at the top of the screen and leftand right front camera images onthe bottom.

See “Curb View Camera (CTS-VSeries Only)” under AssistanceSystems for Parking orBacking 0 228.

Rear VisionCamera (RVC)If equipped, RVC displays a view ofthe area behind the vehicle on thecentre stack display when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) toaid with parking and low-speedreversing manoeuvres.

See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Backing 0 228.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA) SystemIf equipped, the RCTA system usesa triangle with an arrow displayedon the RVC screen to warn of trafficbehind your vehicle that may crossyour vehicle's path while inR (Reverse). In addition, beeps willsound, or the driver seat will pulse.



24 In Brief

Parking AssistIf equipped, Rear Parking Assist(RPA) uses sensors on the rearbumper to assist with parking andavoiding objects while inR (Reverse). It operates at speedsless than 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA maydisplay a warning triangle on theRear Vision Camera screen and agraphic on the instrument cluster toprovide the object distance. Inaddition, multiple beeps or seatpulses may occur if very close to anobject.

The vehicle may also have the FrontParking Assist system.


Automatic ParkingAssist (APA)If equipped, the APA system helpsto search for and manoeuvre thevehicle into parallel or perpendicularparking spots using automaticsteering, DIC displays, and beeps.

When the vehicle speed is below30 km/h (18 mph), pressO toenable the system.

See “Automatic Parking Assist(APA)” under Assistance Systemsfor Parking or Backing 0 228.

Power OutletsPower Sockets 12 Volt DirectCurrent

Accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a mobile phone or MP3player.

The vehicle has three 12-voltaccessory power outlets:

. Inside the centre consolestorage in front of the armrestcover.

. Inside the storage area underthe armrest cover.

. On the rear of the centreconsole, if equipped.

These outlets are powered while thevehicle is in ON/RUN/START orACC/ACCESSORY mode, or untilthe driver door is opened within10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.

Lift the cover to access theaccessory power outlet.

See Power Outlets 0 106.

SunroofIf equipped, the sunroof will onlyoperate when the ignition is in ON/RUN/START or ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See IgnitionPositions 0 194 and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 198.


In Brief 25

The driver side switch (1) operatesthe sunroof.

Vent : Press and release the rearof the switch (1) to vent the sunroof.The sunshade will automaticallyopen approximately 38 cm (15 in).Press and hold the front of theswitch (1) to close the sunroof vent.

Express Open/Express Close :With the sunroof in the ventposition, press the rear of theswitch (1) a second time to expressopen the sunroof. Press the front ofthe switch to express close thesunroof. To stop the sunroofpartway, press the switch (1) again.

The passenger side switch (2)operates the sunshade. Press andrelease the front or rear of theswitch (2) to express open orexpress close the sunshade. Tostop the sunshade partway, pressthe switch (2) again.

See Sunroof 0 50.

Performance andMaintenance

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe Traction Control System (TCS)limits wheel spin. The system turnson automatically every time thevehicle is started.

StabiliTrak assists with directionalcontrol of the vehicle in difficultdriving conditions. The system turnson automatically every time thevehicle is started.

. To turn off TCS, press andrelease the TCS/StabiliTrakbuttonY on the centre console.i illuminates in the instrumentcluster. The appropriate DICmessage is displayed. See RideControl SystemMessages 0 141.

. Press the TCS/StabiliTrak buttonY again to turn traction controlback on.


26 In Brief

. To turn off both TCS andStabiliTrak, press and hold theTCS/StabiliTrak buttonY on the

centre console until g and iilluminate in the instrumentcluster. The appropriate DICmessage displays. See RideControl SystemMessages 0 141.

. Press the TCS/StabiliTrak buttonY again to turn on bothsystems.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 209.

The vehicle has Driver ModeControl and may have CompetitiveDriving Mode. See Driver ModeControl 0 211 and CompetitiveDriving Mode 0 214.

Tyre Pressure MonitorThis vehicle may have a TyrePressure Monitor System (TPMS).

The low tyre pressure warning lightalerts to a significant loss inpressure of one of the vehicle'styres. If the warning light comes on,stop as soon as possible and inflatethe tyres to the recommendedpressure shown on the Tyre andLoading Information label. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 190. Thewarning light will remain on until thetyre pressure is corrected.

The low tyre pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thismay be an early indicator that thetyre pressures are getting low andthe tyres need to be inflated to theproper pressure.

The TPMS does not replace normalmonthly tyre maintenance. Maintainthe correct tyre pressures.

See Tyre Pressure MonitorSystem 0 291.

Engine Oil Life SystemThe engine oil life system calculatesengine oil life based on vehicle useand displays CHANGE ENGINE OILSOON message when it is time tochange the engine oil and filter. Theoil life system should be reset to100% only following an oil change.

Resetting the Oil Life System

After you change the oil, the oil lifesystem will need to be reset. Seeyour dealer for service.

See Engine Oil Life System 0 260.

Car Wash Guidelines

Caution

Some automatic car washes cancause damage to the vehicle,wheels and ground effects.Automatic car washes are notrecommended, due to lack of

(Continued)


In Brief 27

Caution (Continued)

clearance for the undercarriageand/or wide rear tyres andwheels. See "Washing theVehicle" under ExteriorCare 0 315.

Driving for Better FuelEconomyDriving habits can affect fuelmileage. Here are some driving tipsto get the best fuel economypossible.

. Avoid fast starts and acceleratesmoothly.

. Brake gradually and avoidabrupt stops.

. Avoid idling the engine for longperiods of time.

. When road and weatherconditions are appropriate, usecruise control.

. Always follow posted speedlimits or drive more slowly whenconditions require.

. Keep vehicle tyres properlyinflated.

. Combine several trips into asingle trip.

. Replace the vehicle's tyres withthe same TPC Spec numbermoulded into the tyre's sidewallnear the size.

. Follow recommended scheduledmaintenance.


28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 34Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 37Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

DoorsBoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 41Anti-theft Locking System . . . . . . 42Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Immobiliser Operation . . . . . . . . . 43

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 46Automatic Dimming RearviewMirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Rear Window Sunshade . . . . . . . 49

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

This key, inside the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter, is used forthe driver door, and rear foldingseats.

To remove the key, press the buttonon the side of the transmitter nearthe bottom, and pull the key out.Never pull the key out withoutpressing the button.

See your dealer if a new key isneeded.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Declaration ofConformity 0 337.

If there is a decrease in the RKEoperating range:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when thetransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See“Keyless Access Operation” later inthis section.

The RKE transmitter may work up to60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle.

Keep in mind that other conditions,such as those previously stated, canimpact the performance of thetransmitter.



Q (Lock) : Press to lock all doors.The indicator lamp indicators mayflash and/or the horn may sound toindicate locking. See VehiclePersonalisation 0 146.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed and Unlocked Door AntiLock Out is enabled through thevehicle personalisation, all doors willlock and then the driver door willimmediately unlock. See VehiclePersonalisation 0 146. If thepassenger door is open when Q ispressed, all doors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle AlarmSystem 0 41.

If equipped with auto mirror folding,pressing and holding Q forone second will fold the mirrors. Theauto mirror folding feature will notoperate unless it is enabled. SeeVehicle Personalisation 0 146.

Pressing Q will also lock thefuel door.

K (Unlock) : Press to unlock thedriver door or all doors. Whenremotely unlocking the vehicle atnight, the headlamps and reversinglamps will come on for about30 seconds to light your approach tothe vehicle. The indicators mayflash to indicate unlocking.

See Vehicle Personalisation 0 146.

Pressing K will disarm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle AlarmSystem 0 41.

Press and hold K until the windowsfully open. Windows will not operateunless remote window operation isenabled. See VehiclePersonalisation 0 146.

If equipped with auto mirror folding,pressing and holding K forone second will unfold the mirrors.The auto mirror folding feature willnot operate unless it is enabled.See Vehicle Personalisation 0 146.

Pressing K will also unlock thefuel door.

/ (Remote Start) : If equipped,press and release Q and then

immediately press and hold/ for atleast four seconds to start theengine from outside the vehicleusing the RKE transmitter. SeeRemote Vehicle Start 0 34.

7 (Vehicle Locator/PanicAlarm) : Press and release onetime to initiate vehicle locator. Theexterior lamps flash and the hornchirps three times. Press and hold7 for more than three seconds tosound the panic alarm. The hornsounds and the indicator lampsflash until 7 is pressed again or thevehicle is started.

X (Remote Boot Release) : Presstwice quickly to release the boot.

Keyless Access Operation

The Keyless Access system letsyou lock and unlock the doors andaccess the boot without removingthe RKE transmitter from yourpocket, purse, briefcase, etc. TheRKE transmitter must be within 1 m



(3 ft) of the door being opened.If equipped, there will be a button onthe outside door handles.

The Keyless Access system can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first lock/unlock press from thedriver door. See VehiclePersonalisation 0 146.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Driver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on the driver doorhandle will unlock the driver door.If the lock/unlock button is pressedagain within five seconds, allpassenger doors will unlock.

Driver Door Shown, PassengerSimilar

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. It has been more thanfive seconds since the first lock/unlock button press.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Keyless Unlocking/Locking fromthe Passenger Doors

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on a passengerdoor handle will unlock all doors.Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. The lock/unlock button was usedto unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Passive Locking

The Keyless Access system willlock the vehicle several secondsafter all doors are closed if thevehicle is off and at least onetransmitter has been removed ornone remain in the vehicle.

If equipped with Keyless Access,the vehicle will lock several secondsafter all doors are closed if thevehicle is off and at least onetransmitter has been removed ornone remain in the vehicle.



To customise the doors toautomatically lock when exiting thevehicle, see VehiclePersonalisation 0 146.

Temporary Disable of PassiveLocking Feature

Temporarily disable the passivelocking by pressing and holding Kon the interior door switch with adoor open for at least four seconds,or until three chimes are heard.Passive locking will then remaindisabled until Q on the interior dooris pressed, or until the vehicle isswitched on.

If equipped with a locking fuel door,the fuel door will also lock atthis time.

Keyless Boot Opening

Press the touch pad on the boothandle to open the boot if the RKEtransmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).

Key Access

To access a vehicle with a weaktransmitter battery, see DoorLocks 0 35.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto the vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.When the replacement transmitter isprogrammed to this vehicle, allremaining transmitters must also bereprogrammed. Any lost or stolentransmitters will no longer workonce the new transmitter isprogrammed. Each vehicle canhave up to eight transmittersprogrammed to it. See your dealerto program transmitters to thisvehicle.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

If the transmitter battery is weak or ifthere is interference with the signal,the DIC may display NO REMOTEDETECTED or NO REMOTE KEYWAS DETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE whenstarting the vehicle. See Key andLock Messages 0 138.

To start the vehicle:

1. Open the centre consolestorage area and remove therubber mat.

2. Place the transmitter in thetransmitter pocket.

3. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral) press the brakepedal and the ENGINE START/STOP button.

Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.



Battery Replacement

{ Warning

Make sure that you dispose of oldbatteries in accordance withenvironmental protectionregulations to help protect theenvironment and your health.

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

Replace the battery if the REPLACEBATTERY IN REMOTE KEYmessage displays in the DIC.

1. Press the button on the side ofthe transmitter near the bottomand pull the key out.

2. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter using a flat toolinserted into the bottom centreof the transmitter, do not usethe key slot.

3. Remove the old battery. Do notuse a metal object.

4. Insert the new battery on theback housing, positive sidefacing down. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Align the front and backhousing then snap thetransmitter together.



Remote Vehicle StartThis feature allows the engine to bestarted from outside the vehicle.

/ (Remote Vehicle Start) : Thisbutton will be on the RKEtransmitter if the vehicle has remotestart.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during aremote start. The rear windowdemister may come on duringremote start based on cold ambientconditions. The rear demist indicatorlight does not come on duringremote start.

If equipped, the heated andventilated front seats may alsocome on when the vehiclepersonalisation setting is enabled.See Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats 0 60.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsmay require a person using remotestart to have the vehicle in view.Check local regulations for anyrequirements.

If your vehicle is low on fuel, do notuse the remote start feature. Thevehicle may run out of fuel.

The RKE transmitter range may beshorter while the vehicle is running.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 29.

Starting the Engine Using RemoteStart

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe indicator lamps flash. Thisconfirms the request to remotestart the vehicle has beenreceived.

During the remote start, theparking lights will remain on aslong as the engine is running.

The engine will shut off after10 minutes unless a timeextension is done or theignition is put in ON/RUN.

3. Press the brake pedal andselect the ON/RUN ignitionmode to drive the vehicle.

Extending Engine Run Time

The engine run time can also beextended by another 10 minutes,if during the first 10 minutesSteps 1–2 are repeated while theengine is still running. An extensioncan be requested, 30 seconds afterstarting. This provides a total of20 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once.

When the remote start is extended,the second 10 minute period isadded on to the first 10 minutes fora total of 20 minutes.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a remote start with an extension,are allowed between ignition cycles.

Then the ignition must be changedto ON/RUN and then back to OFFbefore the remote start procedurecan be used again.



Cancelling a Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Press and hold/ until theparking lamps turn off.


. Turn the vehicle on and thenback off.

Conditions in Which Remote StartWill Not Work

The remote start will not operate ifany of the following occur:

. The ignition is in any mode otherthan off.

. The transmitter is in the vehicle.

. The bonnet is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. There is an emission controlsystem malfunction.

. The engine coolant temperatureis too high.

. The oil pressure is low.

. Two remote vehicle starts havealready been used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. The chanceof being thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, allpassengers should wearsafety belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome by

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

extreme heat and can sufferpermanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen slowing or stoppingthe vehicle. Lock the doorsto help prevent this fromhappening.

Keyless Access



Use the Keyless Access system tolock and unlock the door. When thedoors are locked and the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft) of the driver doorhandle, press the lock/unlockbutton. When unlocking from thedriver door, the first press unlocksthat door; press again withinfive seconds to unlock all passengerdoors. See Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System Operation 0 29.

Driver Door Key Cylinder Access

To access the key cylinder:

1. Pull the door handle (1) to theopen position.

2. Insert the key into the slot (3)on the bottom of the cap (2)and pry outward.

3. Move the cap (2) rearward andremove.

4. Use the key in the cylinder.

To replace the cap:

1. Pull the door handle to theopen position.

2. Insert the two tabs (7) at theback of the cap (8) betweenthe seal (5) and the metalbase (6).

3. Move the cap forward andpress to snap the cap in place.

4. Release the door handle.



Inside the Vehicle

On the rear doors, push down onthe door lock knob to lock the doormanually. Pull once on the doorhandle to unlock the door and againto open the door.

Press the power door lock switch tolock or unlock all doorsautomatically. See Power DoorLocks 0 37.

Power Door Locks

Q (Lock) : Press to lock the doors.The indicator light in the switch willilluminate when activated.

K (Unlock) : Press to unlock thedoors.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the actuallocking of the doors untilfive seconds after all doors areclosed.

Delayed locking can only be turnedon when the Unlocked Door AntiLockout feature has been turned off.

When Q is pressed on the powerdoor lock switch with the door open,a chime will sound three timesindicating that delayed locking isactive.

The doors will then lockautomatically five seconds after alldoors are closed. If a door isreopened before five seconds haveelapsed, the five-second timer willreset once all the doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switch

again, or press Q on the RKEtransmitter, to override this featureand lock the doors immediately.

Delayed locking can beprogrammed through the DriverInformation Centre (DIC). SeeVehicle Personalisation 0 146.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, theignition is on, and the shift lever ismoved out of P (Park).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on a door.

. Shift the gearbox into P (Park).

Automatic door locking cannot bedisabled. Automatic door unlockingcan be programmed through theDriver Information Centre (DIC).See Vehicle Personalisation 0 146.

Lockout ProtectionIf the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/STARTand the power door lock switch ispressed with the driver door open,all the doors will lock and only thedriver door will unlock.



If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open,when all doors are closed thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is detected and thenumber of RKE transmitters insidehas not reduced, the driver door willunlock and the horn will chirp threetimes.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout isturned on and the vehicle is off, thedriver door is open, and locking isrequested, all the doors will lock andonly the driver door will unlock. TheUnlocked Door Anti-Lockout featurecan be turned on or off using thevehicle personalisation menus. SeeVehicle Personalisation 0 146.

Safety Locks

The rear door safety locks preventpassengers from opening the reardoors from inside the vehicle.

PressZ { to activate the safetylocks on the rear doors. Theindicator light in the switch willilluminate when activated.

The rear door power windows arealso disabled. See PowerWindows 0 46.

PressZ { again to deactivate thelockout switch.

If an inside rear door handle isbeing pulled at the same time thesafety lock is deactivated, that doorwill remain locked and the indicatorlight may flash. Release the handle,then press the safety lock twice todeactivate the safety locks.



Doors

Boot

{ Warning

Exhaust gases can enter thevehicle if it is driven with thetailgate or boot/hatch open,or with any objects that passthrough the seal between thebody and the boot/hatch ortailgate. Engine exhaust containscarbon monoxide (CO) whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle must be driven withthe tailgate or boot/hatch open:

. Close all of the windows.

. Fully open the air outlets onor under the instrumentpanel.

. Adjust the climate controlsystem to a setting thatbrings in only outside air

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

and set the fan speed to thehighest setting. See“Climate Control Systems”in the Index.

. If the vehicle is equippedwith a power tailgate,disable the power tailgatefunction.

See Engine Exhaust 0 201.

Boot Release

To open the boot, the vehicle mustbe off or the gear lever must be inP (Park).

. Press| on the driver door.

. PressX twice quickly on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

. Press the touch pad on the rearof the boot above the numberplate when all doors areunlocked.

The boot can be opened while thevehicle is locked by pressing thetouch pad above the number platewhile the RKE transmitter is within



1 m (3 ft) of the rear of the vehicle.See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.

Close the boot by pulling on thehandle. Do not use the handle as atie-down.

Rear Seat Pass-Through

Use the rear seat pass-through doorwhen transporting long items.

To open, pull down the rear seatarmrest. Pull the lever all the waydown to release the door.

To close, push it up and back intoplace. Try to open the door withoutpulling up on the lever to make sureit is locked into place.

Emergency Boot ReleaseHandle

Caution

Do not use the emergency bootrelease handle as a tie-down oranchor point when securing itemsin the boot as it could damage thehandle.

There is a glow-in-the-darkemergency boot release handle onthe boot lid. This handle will glowfollowing exposure to light. Pull therelease handle to open the bootfrom the inside.

After use, return to the storedposition.



Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

The indicator light, on theinstrument panel near thewindscreen, indicates the status ofthe system.

Off : Alarm system is disarmed.

On Solid : Vehicle is securedduring the delay to arm the system.

Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.A door, the bonnet, or the bootis open.

Slow Flash : Alarm system isarmed.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Turn off the vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. Use the Keyless Accesssystem.

. With a door open, press theinside Q.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm, and theindicator light will begin toslowly flash indicating thealarm system is operating.Pressing Q on the RKEtransmitter a second time willbypass the 30-second delayand immediately arm the alarmsystem.

The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

The alarm will also be activated if apassenger door, the boot, or thebonnet is opened without firstdisarming the system. When thealarm is activated, the indicatorsflash and the horn sounds for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor the nextunauthorised event.

Disarming the Alarm System

To disarm the alarm system or turnoff the alarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.



. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicleand all doors are closed.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter or use theKeyless Access system.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the transmitterand the horn chirps and the lightsflash three times, a previous alarmoccurred while the system wasarmed.

If the alarm has been activated, amessage will appear on the DIC.See Security Messages 0 144.

Power Sounder, InclinationSensor and Intrusion Sensor

In addition to the standardtheft-deterrent system features, thissystem also has a power sounder,inclination sensor, and intrusionsensor.

The power sounder provides anaudible alarm which is different fromthe vehicle's horn. It has its ownpower source, and can sound analarm when the vehicle's battery iscompromised.

The inclination sensor can set offthe alarm if it senses movement ofthe vehicle, such as a change invehicle orientation.

The intrusion sensor monitors thevehicle interior, and can activate thealarm if it senses unauthorised entryinto the vehicle's interior. Do notallow passengers or pets to remainin the vehicle when the intrusionsensor is activated.

Before arming the theft-deterrentsystem and activating the intrusionsensor:

. Make sure all doors andwindows are completely closed.

. Secure any loose items such assunshades.

. Make sure there are noobstructions blocking thesensors in the front overheadconsole.

Intrusion and InclinationSensors Disable Switch

It is recommended that the intrusionand inclination sensors bedeactivated if pets are left in thevehicle or the vehicle is beingtransported.

With the vehicle turned off, presso in the front overhead console.The indicator light will come onmomentarily, indicating that thesesensors have been disabled for thenext alarm system arming cycle.

Anti-theft Locking SystemThe vehicle is equipped with adeadbolt locking feature in additionto the standard door locks.



The deadbolt is engaged wheneveryou press Q on the RKE transmittertwice within five seconds with alldoors closed and the vehicle off.The deadbolt lock can also beengaged with the Keyless Accesssystem. See “Keyless AccessOperation” under Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.

When the doors are secured withthe deadbolt, they cannot beunlocked or opened using thecontrols or handles inside thevehicle.

Press K on the transmitter once toopen the deadbolt and unlock thedriver door. Pressing the buttonagain within five seconds will unlockall of the doors.

ImmobiliserSee Declaration ofConformity 0 337.

Immobiliser OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilised when the vehicle isturned off.

The immobilisation system isdisarmed when the pushbutton startis activated to enter the ACC/ACCESSORY mode or the ON/RUN/START mode and a validtransmitter is present in the vehicle.

The security light, in the instrumentcluster, comes on if there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

The system has one or more RKEtransmitters matched to animmobiliser control unit in thevehicle. Only a correctly matchedRKE transmitter will start thevehicle. If the transmitter is everdamaged, you may not be able tostart your vehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light may come on brieflywhen the ignition is turned on.

If the engine does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn theignition off and try again.

If the vehicle will not change ignitionmodes (ACC/ACCESSORY, ON/RUN/START, OFF), and the RKEtransmitter appears to beundamaged, try another transmitter.Or, you may try placing thetransmitter in the transmitter pocketlocated in the centre console. SeeKey and Lock Messages 0 138.



If the ignition modes will not changewith the other transmitter, yourvehicle needs service. If the ignitiondoes change modes, the firsttransmitter may be faulty. See theretailer.

It is possible for the immobilisersystem to learn new or replacementRKE transmitters. Up to eighttransmitters can be programmed forthe vehicle. To program additionaltransmitters, see “ProgrammingTransmitters to the Vehicle” underRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.

Do not leave the key or device thatdisarms or deactivates thetheft-deterrent system in the vehicle.

Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The driver and passenger sidemirrors are convex shaped.A convex mirror's surface is curvedso more can be seen from thedriver seat.

Power Mirrors

To adjust each mirror:

1. Press L (Left) or R (Right) toselect the driver or passengerside mirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move the mirror up,down, right, or left.

3. Adjust each mirror so that alittle of the vehicle and the areabehind it can be seen.

4. PressO to deselect the mirror.



Power Folding Mirrors

The outside mirrors fold inward toprevent damage when goingthrough an automatic car wash. Tofold the mirrors move the selectorswitch toO and press the downarrow on the control pad. Bothmirrors will fold. Press the downarrow again to return the mirrors totheir original position.

Reset the power folding mirrors if:

. They are obstructed whilefolding.

. They are accidentally manuallyfolded or unfolded.

. They do not stay in the unfoldedposition.

. They vibrate at normal drivingspeeds.

To reset the power folding mirrors,fold and unfold the mirrors onceusing the controls. A noise may beheard during the resetting. Thissound is normal after a manualfolding operation.

The vehicle may have an AutoMirror Folding feature, see RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 29 and VehiclePersonalisation 0 146.

Memory Mirrors

If equipped, the vehicle may havememory mirrors. See MemorySeats 0 58.

Automatic Dimming

The driver side mirror automaticallydims to reduce the glare of thevehicle headlamps from behind.This feature comes on when thevehicle is started.

Heated Mirrors= : If equipped, the rear windowdemister also heats the outsidemirrors.

See Dual Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 170.

Reverse Tilt MirrorsThe passenger and/or driver mirrortilt to a preselected position whenthe vehicle is in R (Reverse). Thisfeature allows the driver to view thecurb when parallel parking. Themirror returns to the original positionwhen the vehicle is shifted out ofR (Reverse), the ignition is turnedoff, or if the vehicle is driven inreverse above a predeterminedspeed.

Turn this feature on or off throughvehicle personalisation. See VehiclePersonalisation 0 146.



Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind the vehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorThe rearview mirror automaticallydims to reduce the glare of theheadlamps from behind. Thisfeature comes on when the vehicleis started.

Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve fuel economyperformance. This may result in apulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open either a front windowor the sunroof, if equipped.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Children could be seriouslyinjured or killed if caught in thepath of a closing window. Neverleave keys in a vehicle withchildren. When there are childrenin the rear seat, use the windowlockout button to preventoperation of the windows. SeeKeys 0 28.



The driver power window switchescontrol all the windows. Thepassenger switch only controls thatwindow.

Press the switch down to lower thewindow. Pull the switch up toraise it.

Retained Accessory Power (RAP)allows the use of the powerwindows after the ignition has beenturned off. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 198.

Express-Down/Up Windows

The express feature allows thewindows to be raised and loweredall the way without holding theswitch.

Press or pull the switch fully andrelease it to activate the expressfeature.

Cancel the express mode by brieflypressing or pulling the switch.

Express Window Anti-PinchFeature

If any object is in the path of thewindow when the express-up isactive, the window will stop at theobstruction and auto-reverse to apreset factory position. Weatherconditions such as severe icing mayalso cause the window toauto-reverse. The window will returnto normal operation after theobstruction or condition is removed.

Express Window Anti-PinchOverride

{ Warning

If express override is activated,the window will not reverseautomatically. You or others couldbe injured and the window couldbe damaged. Before you useexpress override, make sure thatall people and obstructions areclear of the window path.

To override the anti-pinch feature,hold the window switch all the wayup to the second position. Thewindow will rise for as long as theswitch is held. Once the switch isreleased, the express mode isreactivated.

In this mode, the window can closeon an object in its path. Use carewhen using the override mode.



Programming the PowerWindows

If the vehicle battery has beenrecharged or disconnected, or is notworking, the front power windowswill need to be reprogrammed forthe express-up feature to work.Before reprogramming, replace orrecharge the vehicle's battery.

To program:

1. With the ignition in ON/RUN orACC/ACCESSORY, or whenRetained Accessory Power(RAP) is active, close all doors.

2. Pull and hold the powerwindow switch until the windowis fully closed. Continueholding the switch up forapproximately two secondsafter the window is completelyclosed.

3. Push the power window switchdown until the window is fullyopen. Continue holding theswitch down for approximatelytwo seconds after the windowis completely open.

The window is now reprogrammed.Repeat the process for the otherwindows.

Comfort Open

To open the windows remotely,press and hold K on the RKEtransmitter until the windowsfully open.


Window Lockout

This feature prevents the rearwindows from operating except fromthe driver position.

PressZ { to activate the safetylocks on the rear doors. Theindicator light in the switch willilluminate when activated.

The rear door power door locks arealso disabled. See SafetyLocks 0 38.

PressZ { again to deactivate thelockout switch.

If an inside rear door handle isbeing pulled at the same time thesafety lock is deactivated, that doorwill remain locked and the indicatorlight may flash. Release the handle,then press the safety lock twice todeactivate the safety locks.



Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecentre mount to pivot to the sidewindow or, if equipped, extendalong the rod.

Rear Window Sunshade

If equipped with a rear windowsunshade, the switch is on theoverhead console. The sunshadeonly operates with the ignition inON/RUN/START.

To open the sunshade, press andrelease the switch. The sunshadewill fully extend. To close thesunshade, press and release theswitch again. The sunshade will fullyclose.

When shifting the vehicle intoR (Reverse), the sunshade willautomatically retract if it is

extended. It will re-extend after ashort delay when shifting into D(Drive).

Rear Passenger Door Sunshades

If equipped, use the handle to pullthe sunshade up and attach to theholder at the top of the window.There is also a small shade for therear corner of the window.

To close the sunshade, use thehandle to unhook and hold it while itretracts down.



Roof

SunroofIf equipped, the sunroof will onlyoperate when the ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY,or when Retained Accessory Power(RAP) is active. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 198.

The driver side switch (1) operatesthe sunroof.

Vent : Press and release the rear ofthe switch (1) to vent the sunroof.The sunshade will automatically

open approximately 38 cm (15 in).Press the front of the switch (1) toclose the sunroof vent.

Express Open/Express Close :With the sunroof in the ventposition, push the rear of theswitch (1) a second time to expressopen the sunroof. Press the front ofthe switch to express close thesunroof. To stop the sunroofpartway, press the switch (1) again.

The passenger side switch (2)operates the sunshade. Press thefront or rear of the switch (2) toexpress open or express close thesunshade. To stop the sunshadepartway, press the switch (2) asecond time.

Anti-Pinch Feature

If an object is in the path of thesunroof/sunshade when it is closing,the anti-pinch feature will detect theobject and stop the sunroof/sunshade from closing at the pointof the obstruction. The sunroof/sunshade will then return to thefull-open position. To close thesunroof/sunshade, see “ExpressOpen/Express Close.”

Dirt and debris may collect on thesunroof seal or in the track. Thiscould cause an issue with sunroofoperation or noise. It could also plugthe water drainage system.Periodically open the sunroof andremove any obstacles or loosedebris. Wipe the sunroof seal androof sealing area using a cleancloth, mild soap, and water. Do notremove grease from the sunroof.

If water is seen dripping into thewater drainage system, this isnormal.


Seats and Restraints 51

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Front SeatsPower Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 54Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . 57Reclining Seat Backrests . . . . . . 57Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Rear SeatPass-Through Door . . . . . . . . . . 64

Safety BeltsSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 70

Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 73When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Passenger Sensing System . . . 77Servicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 82

Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 82Replacing Airbag System Partsafter a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Infants and Young Children . . . . 85Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 87Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 88ISOFIX Child RestraintSystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Securing Child Restraints (FrontPassenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Pedestrian Protection SystemPedestrian ProtectionSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96


52 Seats and Restraints

Head RestraintsIf equipped with base seats, thevehicle's front seats have adjustablehead restraints in the outboardseating positions.

If equipped with high performanceseats, the vehicle's front seats havehead restraints in the outboardseating positions that cannot beadjusted.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

If equipped with base seats, adjustthe head restraint so that the top ofthe restraint is at the same height asthe top of the occupant's head. Thisposition reduces the chance of aneck injury in a crash.

Front Seats

If equipped, the vehicle's front seatshave adjustable head restraints inthe outboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted.

To raise or lower the head restraint,press the button located on the sideof the head restraint, and pull up orpush the head restraint down andrelease the button. Pull and push onthe head restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.



To adjust the head restraint forwardand rearward, press the buttonlocated on the side facing the headrestraint and move it forward orrearward until the desired lockingposition is reached. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

If equipped with high performanceseats, the front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.

Rear Seats

The vehicle's rear seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. Pull the head restraintup to raise it. Try to move the headrestraint to make sure that it islocked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button, located on the top of theseat backrest, and push the headrestraint down. Try to move thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

Rear outboard head restraints arenot removable.



Front Seats

Power Seat Adjustment


To adjust the seat:

. Move the seat forward orrearward by sliding the controlforward or rearward.

. Raise or lower the seat bymoving the rear of the control upor down.

. If equipped, raise or lower thefront part of the seat cushion bymoving the front of the controlup or down.

To adjust the seatback, seeReclining Seatbacks 0 57.

To adjust the lumbar support, seeLumbar Adjustment 0 56.

Some vehicles are equipped with aSafety Alert Seat. This featureactivates a vibrating pulse alert inthe driver seat to help the driveravoid crashes. See DriverAssistance Systems 0 227.

V–Series Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.


1. Feature Select2. Up3. Rearward4. Down5. Forward

. Move Feature Select (1) todisplay seat adjustments on thecentre console. Press andrelease or hold to scroll throughfeatures.

. Press Up (2) to make upwardadjustments of the selectedfeature.



. Press Rearward (3) to makerearward adjustments of theselected feature.

. Press Down (4) to makedownward adjustments of theselected feature.

. Press Forward (5) to makeforward adjustments of theselected feature.

4–Way Lumbar Support

To adjust lumbar support for a baseseat, see Lumbar Adjustment 0 56.

To adjust lumbar support for highperformance seats, if equipped:


. Press and release or holdFeature Select (1) to scroll tolumbar support on the centreconsole.

. Press Forward (5) orRearward (3) to adjust lumbarforward or rearward.

. Press Up (2) or Down (4) toadjust lumbar support upor down.

Cushion Bolster Support

To adjust cushion bolster support,if equipped:

. Press and release or holdFeature Select (1) to scroll tobolster support on the centreconsole.

. Press Forward (5) orRearward (3) to adjust bolstersupport inward or outward.



Back Bolster Support

To adjust back bolster support,if equipped:

. Press and release or holdFeature Select (1) to scroll toupper back support on thecentre console.

. Press Forward (5) orRearward (3) to adjust backsupport forward or rearward.

Lumbar Adjustment

Base Seat

If equipped, to increase or decreasethe lumbar support, press and holdthe control forward or rearward orup and down.

Bolster Adjustment

If equipped, to increase or decreasethe seatback bolster support, pressand hold the recliner control upand down.



Thigh SupportAdjustment

Base Seat

If equipped, pull up on the lever.Then pull or push on the support tolengthen or shorten. Release thelever to lock in place.

Reclining Seat Backrests

Base Seat

To adjust the seatback:




To adjust the seatback:



See Reclining Seatbacks 0 57.



{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the safety belts cannot dotheir job.

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear thesafety belt properly.

Do not have a backrest reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Memory Seats

The SET, 1, 2, andB (Exit) buttonson the driver door are used tomanually store and recall memorysettings for the driver seat, outsidemirrors, power tilt and telescopingsteering column (if equipped).

Storing Memory Positions

To store positions to the 1 and 2buttons:

1. The ignition must be in ON/RUN/START or ACC/ACCESSORY.

2. Adjust the driver seat, outsidemirrors, and the power tilt andtelescoping steering column (ifequipped) to the desiredpositions.

3. Press and release SET. A beepwill sound.

4. Immediately press and hold 1until two beeps sound.

5. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for asecond driver using 2.

Repeat Steps 1–4 usingB to storeyour positions for getting out of thevehicle.



Manually Recalling MemoryPositions

Press and hold 1, 2, orB tomanually recall the previouslystored memory positions. Releasing1, 2, orB before the storedpositions are reached stops therecall.

Automatically Recalling MemoryPositions

If programmed in the vehiclepersonalisation Menu, the Auto(Automatic) Memory Recall featureautomatically recalls the currentdriver's previously stored 1 or 2position when the ignition ischanged from off to ON/RUN/START or ACC/ACCESSORY.

The transmission must be inP (Park).


To stop recall movement, press oneof the memory, driver seat, outsidemirror, or power tilt and telescopingsteering column controls.

RKE transmitters are not labelledwith a number. If your memory seatposition is stored to 1 or 2 but thisposition is not automaticallyrecalling, then store your positionsto the other button or switch RKEtransmitters with the other driver.

If the vehicle's driver has changed,in some vehicles the Driver ID maybe displayed for the first few ignitioncycles.

Easy Exit Recall

If programmed on in the vehiclepersonalisation menu, the Easy Exitfeature recalls the previously storedB (Exit) positions when leaving thevehicle. See “Storing MemoryPositions” listed previously. Seealso Vehicle Personalisation 0 146.

Easy Exit Recall automaticallyactivates when one of the followingoccurs:

. The vehicle is turned off and thedriver's door is opened within ashort time.

. The vehicle is turned off with thedriver's door open.

Obstructions

If something has blocked the driverseat and/or the power tilt andtelescoping steering column whilerecalling a memory position, therecall may stop. Remove theobstruction. Then do one of thefollowing:

. If automatically or manuallyrecalling the stored memoryposition, press and hold theappropriate manual control fortwo seconds. Try recalling againby pressing the appropriatememory button, then try recallingagain by opening the driver doorand pressing K on the RKEtransmitter..

. If recalling the exit position,press and hold the appropriatemanual control for the exitfeature not recalling fortwo seconds. Then try recallingthe exit position again.

If the memory position is still notrecalling, see your dealer forservice.



Heated and VentilatedFront Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, peoplewith such a condition should usecare when using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates againstheat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

If equipped, the buttons are near theclimate controls on the centre stack.To operate, the ignition must be inON/RUN/START.

Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andbackrest.

Press C or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat. A ventilated seathas a fan that pulls or pushes airthrough the seat. The air is notcooled.

When this feature is off, the heatedand ventilated seat symbols on thebuttons are white. When a heated

seat is turned on, the symbol turnsred. When a ventilated seat isturned on, the symbol turns blue.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the seat will change tothe next lower setting, and then tothe off setting. The indicator lightsnext to the buttons indicate three forthe highest setting and one for thelowest. If the heated seats are onhigh, the level may automatically belowered after approximately30 minutes.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Auto Heated Seats

When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate theheated seats at the level required bythe vehicle's interior temperature.

The active high, medium, low, or offheated seat level will be indicatedby the manual heated seat buttonson the centre console. Use themanual heated seat buttons on thecentre console to turn auto heatedseats off. If the passenger seat is



unoccupied, the auto heated seatsfeature will not activate that seat.The auto heated seats feature canbe programmed to always beenabled when the vehicle is on.


Remote Start Auto Heated andVentilated Seats

During a remote start, the heated orventilated seats, if equipped, can beturned on automatically. When it iscold outside, the heated seats turnon, and when it is hot outside theventilated seats turn on. The heatedor ventilated seats are cancelledwhen the ignition is turned on. Pressthe heated or ventilated seat buttonto use the heated or ventilated seatsafter the vehicle is started.

The heated or ventilated seatindicator lights do not turn on duringa remote start.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The heated or ventilated seats willnot turn on during a remote startunless they are enabled in thevehicle personalisation menu. SeeRemote Vehicle Start 0 34 andVehicle Personalisation 0 146.

Rear Seats

Split fold seats are equipped with alocking latch.

Lock and unlock the seatback usingthe vehicle key in the cylinder.

The latch will not open when theseatback is locked.



Folding the Seat Backrest

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the safetybelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the safetybelts. Always unbuckle the safetybelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

If equipped, either side of thebackrest can be folded for morecargo space. Fold a seatback onlywhen the vehicle is not moving.

To fold the seatback:

1. Disconnect the rear safety beltmini-latch using a key in theslot on the mini-buckle, and letthe belt retract.

2. Unlock the seatback using thevehicle key in the cylinder.

Pull the lever on top of theseatback toward you to releasethe seatback.

A red tab near the seatbacklever raises when the seatbackis released.

3. Fold the backrest forward.

Repeat Steps 2–3 to fold theother seatback, if desired.



Raising the Seat Backrest

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ Warning

A safety belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the safety belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

To raise a seatback:

1. Lift the seatback up. Make surethe centre seat belt and latchdo not get trapped behind theseat. Push the seatbackrearward to secure it in place.

A red tab near the seatbacklever retracts when theseatback is in place.

2. Push and pull the top of theseatback to be sure it is inposition.

3. Lock the seatback using thevehicle key in the cylinder.

4. Reconnect the centre safetybelt mini-latch to themini-buckle. Do not let the belttwist.

5. Pull on the centre safety belt tomake sure the mini-latch issecure.

6. Repeat the steps to raise theother seatback, if necessary.

When the seat is not in use, itshould be kept in the upright, lockedposition.

Heated Rear Seats

{ Warning

If you cannot feel temperaturechange or pain to the skin, theseat heater may cause burns.See the Warning under Heatedand Ventilated Front Seats 0 60.

If equipped, the buttons are on therear of the centre console.



With the ignition in ON/RUN/START,press M or L to heat the left or rightoutboard seat cushion andseatback. An indicator on theclimate control display appearswhen this feature is on.

Press the button once for thehighest setting. With each press ofthe button, the heated seat changesto the next lower setting, and thenthe off setting. Three lights indicatethe highest setting, and one lightindicates the lowest. If the heatedseats are on high, the level mayautomatically be lowered afterapproximately 30 minutes.

Rear SeatPass-Through Door

The vehicle has a rear seatpass-through door in the centre ofthe rear backrest. Fold down thecentre armrest and pull the latch toopen the door.

The pass-through door can belocked or unlocked using the knobon the back of the door. Open theboot to access the lock. Turn theknob toward Q to lock the door or

away from Q to unlock the door.

Safety BeltsThis section of the manualdescribes how to use safety beltsproperly. It also describes somethings not to do with safety belts.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where asafety belt cannot be wornproperly. In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingsafety belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingsafety belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and safety belts.

Always wear a safety belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the safety belts.See Safety Belt Reminders 0 117.

Why Safety Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windscreen, theinstrument panel, or the safety belts!

When you wear a safety belt, youand the vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from thesafety belts. That is why wearingsafety belts makes such goodsense.

Questions and Answers AboutSafety Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing asafety belt?

A: You could be - whether you arewearing a safety belt or not.Your chances of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, aremuch greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear safetybelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only; so they work withsafety belts - not instead ofthem. Whether or not an airbagis provided, all occupants stillhave to buckle up to get themost protection.

Also, in nearly all regions, thelaw requires wearing safetybelts.

How to Wear Safety BeltsProperlyThis section is only for people ofadult size.

There are special things to knowabout safety belts and children. Andthere are different rules for smallerchildren and infants. If a child will beriding in the vehicle, see OlderChildren 0 83 or Infants and YoungChildren 0 85. Follow those rules foreveryone's protection.



It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing safety belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a safety belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in frontof you.

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strong

pelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour safety belt properly.

. Never allow the lap orshoulder belt to becomeloose or twisted.

. Never wear the shoulderbelt under both arms orbehind your back.

. Never route the lap orshoulder belt over anarmrest.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

If you are using a rear seatingposition with a detachable seat beltand the seat belt is not attached,see Rear Seats 0 61 for instructionson reconnecting the seat belt to themini-buckle.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see"Seats" in the Index.



2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the webbing locks in thecatch plate before it reachesthe buckle, tilt the catch plateflat to unlock.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the safetybelt could be quickly unbuckledif necessary.

4. If equipped with a shoulder beltheight adjuster, move it to theheight that is right for you. See“Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster”later in this section forinstructions on use andimportant safety information.



5. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.

To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the seat belt slowly.If the seat belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull theseat belt straight out firmly to unlockthe webbing, and then release it.If the webbing is still locked in theretractor, see your retailer.

Before a door is closed, be sure thesafety belt is out of the way. If adoor is slammed against a safetybelt, damage can occur to both thesafety belt and the vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster

The vehicle has a shoulder beltheight adjuster for the driver andright front passenger seatingpositions.

Adjust the height so the shoulderportion of the belt is on the shoulderand not falling off it. The belt shouldbe close to, but not contacting, theneck. Improper shoulder belt heightadjustment could reduce theeffectiveness of the safety belt in acrash. See How to Wear SafetyBelts Properly 0 65.

Press the release button and movethe height adjuster to the desiredposition. The adjuster can be movedup by pushing the slide/trim up.After the adjuster is set to thedesired position, try to move it downwithout pushing the release buttonto make sure it has locked intoposition.

Automatic Seat Belt TighteningSystem

The vehicle may have the AutomaticSeat Belt Tightening System.

Each time the vehicle is started withthe front seat belts fastened, thesystem activates once to tighten the



seat belts when the forward vehiclespeed exceeds the threshold foractivation.

The system also activates duringemergency braking and/or suddendriving manoeuvres and releaseswhen driving conditions return tonormal.

The system turns off wheneverCompetitive Driving Mode isactivated, and will turn back onwhen Competitive Driving Mode isdeactivated. See CompetitiveDriving Mode 0 214.

The system will not activate if theTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl system is not functioningproperly. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 209.If there is a problem with theAutomatic Seat Belt TighteningSystem, a message displays on theDriver Information Centre (DIC).See Seat Belt Messages 0 144.Other seat belt functions are notaffected by the Automatic Seat BeltTightening System.

Safety Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has safety beltpretensioners for front outboardoccupants. Although the safety beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the safety belt assembly.They can help tighten the safetybelts during the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met. Safety beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe safety belts in a side crash or aroll-over event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and probablyother parts of the vehicle's safetybelt system will need to be replaced.See Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash 0 70.

Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides

Rear safety belt comfort guides mayprovide added safety belt comfortfor older children who haveoutgrown booster seats and forsome adults. When installed on ashoulder belt, the comfort guidepositions the belt away from theneck and head.

Comfort guides may be availablethrough your retailer for the rearoutboard seating positions.If available, instructions are includedwith the guide.

Safety Belt Use DuringPregnancySafety belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear safety belts.



A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the foetus isto protect the mother. When a safetybelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the foetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making safetybelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Safety System CheckNow and then, check that the safetybelt reminder light, safety belts,buckles, latch plates, retractors, andanchorages are all working properly.Look for any other loose ordamaged safety belt system partsthat might keep a safety belt systemfrom doing its job. See your dealerto have it repaired. Torn or frayedsafety belts may not protect you in acrash. They can rip apart underimpact forces. If a belt is torn orfrayed, get a new one right away.

Make sure the safety belt reminderlight is working. See Safety BeltReminders 0 117.

Keep safety belts clean and dry.See Safety Belt Care 0 70.

Safety Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.It may severely weaken them. Ina crash, they might not be able toprovide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.

Replacing Safety BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the safetybelt system in the vehicle.A damaged safety belt systemmay not properly protect theperson using it, resulting inserious injury or even death in acrash. To help make sure thesafety belt systems are workingproperly after a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.



After a minor crash, replacement ofsafety belts may not be necessary.But the safety belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the safetybelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the safety beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the safety belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 118.

{ Warning

Safety procedures must alwaysbe observed when disposing ofthe vehicle or vehicle parts.Disposal should only beperformed by an authorisedservice centre, to help protect theenvironment and your health.

Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver.

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A knee airbag for the driver.

. A knee airbag for the frontoutboard passenger.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver.

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger.

. Seat-mounted side impactairbags for the second rowoutboard passengers.

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the passenger seateddirectly behind the driver.

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thepassenger seated directlybehind the front outboardpassenger.

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the centre of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the lower part of theinstrument panel.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback closest tothe door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by safetybelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.



Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your safety belt, evenwith airbags. Airbags aredesigned to work with safetybelts, not replace them. Also,airbags are not designed to inflatein every crash. In some crashessafety belts are the only restraint.See When Should an AirbagInflate? 0 74.

Wearing your safety belt during acrash helps reduce the chance ofhitting things inside the vehicle orbeing ejected from it. Airbags are“supplemental restraints” to thesafety belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a safety beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.

{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Safety belts help keepyou in position before and duringa crash. Always wear a safetybelt, even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The seat belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 83 orInfants and Young Children 0 85.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster, whichshows the airbag symbol. Thesystem checks the airbag electricalsystem for malfunctions. The lighttells you if there is an electricalproblem. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 118 for more information.



Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecentre of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.

The driver knee airbag is below thesteering column. The front outboardpassenger knee airbag is below theglove box.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The seat-mounted side impactairbags for the driver and frontoutboard passenger are in the sideof the seatbacks closest to the door.

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond row outboard passengersare in the ceiling above the sidewindows.



Rear Seat Driver Side Shown,Passenger Side Similar

The second row seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the sides ofthe rear seatback closest tothe door.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of aninflating airbag must be kept

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

clear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie-downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. See Airbag System 0 71.Airbags are designed to inflate if theimpact exceeds the specific airbagsystem's deployment threshold.Deployment thresholds are used to

predict how severe a crash is likelyto be in time for the airbags toinflate and help restrain theoccupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is travelling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, andwhether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.



Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, inrear impacts, or in many sideimpacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Knee airbags are designed to inflatein moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal impacts. Knee airbagsare not designed to inflate duringvehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,or in many side impacts.

The vehicle also has a seat positionsensor that enables the sensingsystem to monitor the position of thefront outboard passenger seat. Thepassenger seat position sensor andthe passenger safety belt buckleprovide information that is used todetermine if the passenger kneeairbag should inflate.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbags

are not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.

Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate inrear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of thevehicle is struck, if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 73.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by safety belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.



Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst and second rows. The rollovercapable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk offull or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 74.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto safety belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After the frontal airbags andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, soquickly that some people may noteven realise an airbag inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterdeployment. Some components of

the airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 73.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflatedairbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windscreen or being able tosteer the vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh air

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

by opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning lights, and shut off the fuelsystem after the airbags inflate. Thefeature may also activate, withoutairbag inflation, after an event thatexceeds a predetermined threshold.You can lock the doors, and turn offthe interior lamps and hazardwarning lights by using the controlsfor those features.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the fuel

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

system, brake and steeringsystems, etc. Even if the vehicleappears to be drivable after amoderate crash, there may beconcealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if attempting torestart the vehicle after a crashhas occurred.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windscreens arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windscreen breakagemay also occur from the frontpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possibly

other parts. The service manualfor your vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.

. The vehicle has a crash sensingand diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy 0 338.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started.

The symbol for on and off will bevisible during the system check.When the system check iscomplete, either the symbol for onor off will be visible. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator 0 118.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag, under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seat.The sensors are designed to detectthe presence of a properly seatedoccupant and determine if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag should be allowedto inflate or not.



According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in a correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children age12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the front

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

outboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notinflate under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger airbag andknee airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines that aninfant is present in a childrestraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag, the off indicatorwill light and stay lit to remind youthat the airbags are off. SeePassenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 118.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag anytime the system



senses that a person of adult size issitting properly in the front outboardpassenger seat.

When the passenger sensingsystem has allowed the airbags tobe enabled, the on indicator will lightand stay lit as a reminder that theairbags are active.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag,depending upon the person'sseating posture and body build.Everyone in the vehicle who hasoutgrown child restraints shouldwear a safety belt properly -whether or not there is an airbag forthat person.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To help

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

avoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 118 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger airbags if thesystem determines that an infant ispresent in a child restraint. If a childrestraint has been installed and theon indicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints(Rear Seat) 0 92 or SecuringChild Restraints (FrontPassenger Seat) 0 94.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the on indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.

Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See HeadRestraints 0 52.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing systemmay or may not turn off theairbags for a child in a childrestraint depending upon the



child's size. It is better tosecure a child restraint in arear seat.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the off indicator is lit, it could bebecause that person is not sittingproperly in the seat. Use thefollowing steps to allow the systemto detect that person and enable thefront outboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers. Also, removelaptops, or other electronicdevices.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centred on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two tothree minutes after the onindicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk of

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

serious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag off indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Safety belts help keep thepassenger in position on the seatduring vehicle manoeuvres andbraking, which helps the passengersensing system maintain thepassenger airbag status. See“Safety Belts” and “Child Restraints”in the Index for additionalinformation about the importance ofproper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or other



aftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 82for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

A wet seat can affect theperformance of the passengersensing system. Here is how:

. The passenger sensing systemmay turn off the passengerfrontal airbag and passengerknee airbag when liquid issoaked into the seat. If thishappens, the off indicator will belit and the airbag readiness lighton the instrument panel will alsobe lit.

. Liquid pooled on the seat thathas not soaked in may make itmore likely that the passengersensing system will turn on thepassenger frontal airbag andpassenger knee airbag while achild restraint or child occupantis on the seat. If the passenger

frontal airbag and passengerknee airbag are turned on, theon indicator will be lit.

If the passenger seat gets wet, drythe seat immediately. If the airbagreadiness light is lit, do not install achild restraint or allow anyone tooccupy the seat. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 118 for importantsafety information.

The on indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device, is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing of articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and thebattery is disconnected, an airbagcan still inflate during improperservice. You can be injured if youare close to an airbag when itinflates. Avoid yellow connectors.They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to followproper service procedures, andmake sure the person performingwork for you is qualified to do so.



Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal, may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly. Theoperation of the airbag system canalso be affected by changing ormoving any parts of the front seats,seat belts, the airbag sensing anddiagnostic module, steering wheel,instrument panel, any of the airbagmodules, ceiling headliner or pillargarnish trim, overhead console,front sensors, side impact sensors,or airbag wiring.

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag sensors, sensing anddiagnostic module, and airbagwiring.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seat

trim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or withGM covers, upholstery, or trimdesigned for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger SensingSystem 0 77.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tyresand Wheels 0 299 for additionalimportant information.

If you have to modify your vehiclebecause you have a disability andyou have questions about whetherthe modifications will affect thevehicle's airbag system, or if youhave questions about whether theairbag system will be affected if thevehicle is modified for any otherreason, see your dealer.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 118.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 73. See your dealerfor service.



Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot work properly and may notprotect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 118 formore information.

{ Warning


Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle safety belts.



The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Fasten the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear seat beltcomfort guide, if equipped. See“Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 66. If a comfort guide is notavailable, or if the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper safety belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

Q: What is the proper way towear safety belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Safety Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-ShoulderBelt 0 66.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use safety beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same safety belt. Thesafety belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A safety beltmust be used by only one personat a time.



{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear thesafety belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.

Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance travelled nor the age and

size of the traveller changes theneed, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child's neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child's neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the safetybelts.



Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided byappropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's safety belt system norits airbag system is designedfor them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on aperson's arms. An infant shouldbe secured in an appropriaterestraint.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.

Selection of a particular restraintshould take into consideration notonly the child's weight, height, andage but also whether or not therestraint will be compatible with themotor vehicle in which it willbe used.

For most basic types of childrestraints, there are many differentmodels available. When purchasinga child restraint, be sure it isdesigned to be used in a motorvehicle.



The restraint manufacturer'sinstructions that come with therestraint state the weight and heightlimitations for a particular childrestraint.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.

{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle's regularsafety belt may not remain low onthe hip bones, as it should.Instead, it may settle up aroundthe child's abdomen. In a crash,the belt would apply force on abody area that is unprotected byany bony structure. This alone

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

could cause serious or fatalinjuries. To reduce the risk ofserious or fatal injuries during acrash, young children shouldalways be secured in appropriatechild restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Seat

A rear-facing infant seat providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Seat

A forward-facing child seat providesrestraint for the child's body with theharness.



Booster Seats

A booster seat is a child restraintdesigned to improve the fit of thevehicle's safety belt system.A booster seat can also help a childto see out the window.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the child

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

restraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle safety belt orISOFIX system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraintsystems must be secured in vehicleseats by lap belts or the lap beltportion of a lap-shoulder belt, or bythe ISOFIX system. See ISOFIXChild Restraint Systems 0 92 formore information. Children can beendangered in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the instructionsthat come with the restraint whichmay be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual.The child restraint instructions are

important, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle - even when no child isin it.

Securing the Child within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a child



restraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition.

Whenever possible, children age12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

{ Warning

Do not use a rearward facingchild restraint on a seat protectedby an airbag in front of it!

{ Danger

When using a child restraintsystem on the front passengerseat, the airbag systems for thefront passenger seat must bedeactivated; if not, the triggeringof the airbags poses a risk of fatalinjury to the child.

This is especially the case ifrear-facing child restraint systemsare used on the frontpassenger seat.

DO NOT place rear-facing child seaton this seat. DEATH OR SERIOUSINJURY can occur. This is becausethe risk to the rear-facing child is sogreat, if the airbag deploys.

When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with yourchild restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent safety beltassemblies or ISOFIX anchors foradditional passengers or childrestraints. Adjacent seatingpositions should not be used if thechild restraint prevents access to orinterferes with the routing of thesafety belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inyour vehicle - even when no child isin it.



ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems Installation Suitability

Mass Group Class Size Fixture Vehicle ISOFIX Positions

FrontPassenger

Rear LeftPassenger

Rear CentrePassenger

Rear RightPassenger

Carrycot F ISO/L1 X X X X

G ISO/L2 X X X X

0(up to 10 kg)

E ISO/R1 X IUF X IUF

0+(up to 13 kg)

E ISO/R1 X IUF X IUF

D ISO/R2 X IUF X IUF

C ISO/R3 X IUF X IUF

I(9 to 18 kg)

D ISO/R2 X IUF X IUF

C ISO/R3 X IUF X IUF

B ISO/F2 X IUF X IUF

B1 ISO/F2X X IUF X IUF

A ISO/F3 X IUF X IUF

IUF = Suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems of universal category approved for use in the mass group.

X = ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint systems in this mass group and/or this size class.



Child Restraint Systems Installation SuitabilityMass Group Seating Positions

Front Passenger Rear LeftOutboard

Rear Centre Rear RightOutboard

Group 0 Up to 10 kg X U U U

Group 0 + Up to 13 kg X U U U

Group I 9 to 18 kg X U U U

Group II 15 to 25 kg X U U U

Group III 22 to 36 kg X U U U

U = Suitable for “universal” category restraints approved for use in this mass group.

X = Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group.

ISOFIX Size Class and SeatDevice:

A - ISO/F3 : Forward-facing childrestraint system for children ofmaximum size in the weight class 9to 18 kg.

B - ISO/F2 : Forward-facing childrestraint system for smaller childrenin the weight class 9 to 18 kg.

B1 - ISO/F2X : Forward-facing childrestraint system for smaller childrenin the weight class 9 to 18 kg.

C - ISO/R3 : Rear-facing childrestraint system for children ofmaximum size in the weight classup to 13 kg.

D - ISO/R2 : Rear-facing childrestraint system for smaller childrenin the weight class up to 13 kg.

E - ISO/R1 : Rear-facing childrestraint system for young childrenin the weight class up to 13 kg.



ISOFIX Child RestraintSystems

ISOFIX mounting brackets aremarked by j on the seat back.

Fasten vehicle-approved ISOFIXchild restraint systems to theISOFIX mounting brackets.

Specific vehicle ISOFIX childrestraint system positions aremarked in the “ISOFIX ChildRestraint Systems Suitability” table.See Where to Put theRestraint 0 88.

No more than two ISOFIX childrestraint systems can be installedon the rear seats at the same time,though not right next to each other.

Top-Tether Fastening Eyes

Top-tether fastening eyes aremarked withI for a child seat.

In addition to the ISOFIX mounting,fasten the top-tether strap to thetop-tether fastening eyes.

ISOFIX child restraint systems ofuniversal category positions aremarked in the “ISOFIX Child

Restraint Systems Suitability” tableby IUF. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 88.

Securing Child Restraints(Rear Seat)When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the ISOFIXsystem, see ISOFIX Child RestraintSystems 0 92 for how and where toinstall the child restraint usingISOFIX. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using asafety belt and it uses a top tether,see ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems0 92 for top tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.



If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the ISOFIXsystem, you will be using the safetybelt to secure the child restraint inthis position. Be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the childrestraint. Secure the child in thechild restraint when and as theinstructions say.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint 0 88.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle safety beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks. If the latchplate will not go fully into thebuckle, check if the correctbuckle is being used.


4. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

If the child restraint system hasa lock-off mechanism, use it tosecure the vehicle safety belt.



5. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See ISOFIX ChildRestraint Systems 0 92 formore information.

6. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Pushand pull the child restraint indifferent directions to be sure itis secure.

To remove the child restraint,unfasten the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.

Securing Child Restraints(Front Passenger Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 88.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag under certainconditions. See Passenger SensingSystem 0 77 and Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 118.

{ Warning

Do not use a rearward facingchild restraint on a seat protectedby an airbag in front of it!

{ Danger

When using a child restraintsystem on the front passengerseat, the airbag systems for thefront passenger seat must bedeactivated; if not, the triggeringof the airbags poses a risk of fatalinjury to the child.

This is especially the case ifrear-facing child restraint systemsare used on the frontpassenger seat.

DO NOT place rear-facing child seaton this seat. DEATH OR SERIOUSINJURY can occur. This is becausethe risk to the rear-facing child is sogreat, if the airbag deploys.

If the child restraint uses a toptether, see ISOFIX Child RestraintSystems 0 92 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child seat in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top strapmust be anchored.



When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat rearward as farback as it will go and raise theseat upward as far up as it willgo, before securing theforward-facing child restraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag, the offindicator on the passengerairbag status indicator shouldlight and stay lit when you startthe vehicle. See PassengerAirbag Status Indicator 0 118.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle's safety beltthrough or around the restraint.The child restraint instructionswill show you how.

Tilt the latch plate to adjust thebelt if needed.

4. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.


5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.



If the child restraint system hasa lock-off mechanism, use it tosecure the vehicle safety belt.

6. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Pushand pull the child restraint indifferent directions to be sure itis secure.

If the airbags are off, the offindicator in the passenger airbagstatus indicator will come on andstay on when the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the on indicator is lit, see “If theOn Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 77.

To remove the child restraint,unfasten the vehicle safety belt andlet it return to the stowed position.

Pedestrian ProtectionSystemYour vehicle is equipped with apedestrian protection system whichis designed to lift the bonnet when apedestrian is detected during afrontal impact within theapproximate speed range.

When the vehicle is involved in afrontal impact with an object or apedestrian, sensors in the frontbumper determine the force appliedby the object to the front bumper.

When the frontal impact speed isapproximately between 22 km/h(14 mph) and 50 km/h (31 mph), thepedestrian protection system liftsthe bonnet to help reducepedestrian head injuries. Lifting thebonnet creates more clearancebetween the bonnet and the hardcomponents in the enginecompartment.

In addition, the front bumper of thevehicle was designed to help reducethe injury to a pedestrian's legs.

{ Warning

After the bonnet has lifted, thebonnet hinge and latch area maybe hot. Do not touch thepedestrian protection systemcomponents.

The pedestrian protection system isdesigned to lift the bonnetonly once.

The pedestrian protection systemmay not activate under the followingconditions:

. The pedestrian impact is outsidethe range of the sensors locatedon the front bumper.

. The sensors on the front bumperare damaged.

. The path of the lifting bonnet isblocked by snow or ice. Clearany ice or snow from the bonnetbefore driving.

. Winter fronts, grille covers,or other aftermarket equipmentis attached to the bumper.



. Vehicle speed at impact is lessthan 22 km/h (14 mph) orgreater than 50 km/h (31 mph).

. The vehicle impacts a smallobject.

For other frontal impacts or vehiclespeeds, the airbags may alsodeploy. See Airbag System 0 71.

After the pedestrian protectionsystem has deployed, the bonnetwill remain in the raised position andthe driver's view may be reduced bythe raised bonnet.

{ Warning

Do not drive the vehicle when thebonnet is raised.

Operating the vehicle with thebonnet raised can obstruct yourview and may cause a collisionresulting in damage to thevehicle, damage to other property,personal injury, or even death.

Caution

After the pedestrian protectionsystem has deployed, see yourdealer for service. The bonnetassembly including hinges, latch,and actuators must be replaced.

If towing service is not available, thebonnet may be repositionedtemporarily. See “Temporary BonnetRepair” following.

The SERVICE PEDESTRIANPROTECTION SYSTEM messagewill appear when there is a problemwith the pedestrian protectionsystem. See your dealer for serviceimmediately.

During a frontal impact involving apedestrian, the vehicle may recordinformation about the condition ofthe vehicle and how it wasoperated. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy 0 338.

Temporary Bonnet Repair

If the bonnet is raised, the bonnetmay be repositioned temporarily if atowing service is not available.

{ Warning

Before beginning the procedure,read all the instructions. Failure toread and follow the instructionscould injure you or others anddamage the vehicle.

{ Warning

After the bonnet has lifted, thebonnet hinge and latch area maybe hot. Do not touch thepedestrian protection systemcomponents.

Allow the engine to cool beforeattempting any repair.



{ Warning

You or others could be injuredwhen the bonnet is lowered orlatched.

Be sure to keep fingers and otherbody parts away from the edge ofthe bonnet and wings.

For V-Series Models

1. Unlatch the bonnet.

2. Raise the bonnet.

3. Push the latch/bracket down.Pull up to make sure the latch/bracket is secure.

4. Close the bonnet.

5. Proceed with Steps 1–5 under“For Non V-Series Models.”

For Non V-Series Models

1. Place both hands on top of theright corner of the bonnet nearthe windscreen and push thebonnet down quickly.

If the bonnet does not latch,push down again with slightlymore force until the bonnet islatched securely.

2. Repeat the previous step tolatch the left side of the bonnet.

3. Pull up on the rear corners ofthe bonnet to make sure thebonnet is latched securely andwill not lift.

4. Pull up on the front of thebonnet to make sure thebonnet is latched securely andwill not lift.

{ Warning

Do not drive the vehicle if thebonnet is not securely latched atboth rear corners and the frontlatch.

Operating your vehicle without thebonnet securely latched can leadto a collision resulting in damageto your vehicle, damage to otherproperty, personal injury, or evendeath.

5. Drive directly to a dealer forservice. If you cannot go in forservice immediately, have thevehicle towed.

Some noise will occur whenthe vehicle is driven while thebonnet is temporarilyrepositioned.

If you do not have the systemrepaired, the pedestrian protectionsystem will not be operable in theevent of another crash or frontalimpact involving a pedestrian. Seeyour dealer for service immediately.

{ Warning



Storage 99

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . . 99Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . . 99Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Centre Console Storage . . . . . . 100

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Instrument Panel Storage

Touch the bottom of the climatecontrol system panel until the doorautomatically starts to open. Thestorage area may contain a USBport. See the infotainment manual.

Keep the storage area door closedwhile driving.

Touch the bottom of the climatecontrol system again until the doorautomatically starts to close.

Glove Box

To open, press the button. Close theglove box manually.


100 Storage

Cupholders

Cupholders in the front centreconsole have a power retractablecover. Push the handle forward toexpress open. Pull the handlerearward to express close.

The power cover will operate whenthe vehicle door is opened and inACC, RUN, or Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) mode. The cover canbe opened or closed manually bypushing or pulling the handle. SeeRetained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 198.

Power Retractable CoverAnti-Pinch Feature

If any object is in the path of thepower cover when it is active, thecover will stop at the obstructionand auto-reverse to a presetposition. The cover will return tonormal operation after theobstruction is removed.

Armrest Storage

Pull the armrest down to access therear seat storage area andcupholders.

Press the latch to open thestorage area.

Centre Console Storage

Press the button to access thestorage area in front of the armrestcover.

Press the button on the driver sideof the cover to access the storagearea under the armrest. There aretwo USB ports, a power socket, andan input jack inside.


Storage 101

If equipped, press the top of thedoor to open the storage area onthe rear of the centre console.If equipped, there is a power outletinside.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo Tie-Downs

The cargo tie-downs can be used tosecure small loads inside the boot.

Convenience NetIf equipped, the convenience net isin the rear. Put small loads behindthe net. It can also be positionedinto an envelope style to holdsmaller items. The net is not forheavier loads. Store items as farforward as you can.


102 Instruments and Controls

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . 103Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 104Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 104Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Windscreen Wiper/Washer . . . 104Headlamp Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Power Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Mileometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Rev Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 117

Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 118Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Charging System Light . . . . . . . 119Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 119

Brake System WarningLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Parking Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . 122Service Electric Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Antilock Brake System (ABS)Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Gear Shifting Light . . . . . . . . . . . 123Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 124Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124StabiliTrak® OFF Light . . . . . . . . 124Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Engine Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Tyre Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 125Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 126Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 126Auto Stop Mode (UplevelCluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Main-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . 127

Adaptive Forward Lighting(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 128Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 128Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Information DisplaysDriver InformationCentre (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . 131

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Brake System Messages . . . . . 135Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 135Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 136Engine Cooling SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 137Engine Power Messages . . . . . 138Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 138Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 138Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Object Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Ride Control SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Airbag System Messages . . . . 143Safety Belt Messages . . . . . . . . 144


Instruments and Controls 103

Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 144Service Vehicle Messages . . . . 144Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Tyre Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Transmission Messages . . . . . . 145Vehicle ReminderMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 146Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . 146

Vehicle PersonalisationVehicle Personalisation . . . . . . . 146

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Power Tilt and Telescoping Wheel

If equipped, the control is on the leftside of the steering column.

. Push the control up or down totilt the steering wheel upor down.

. Push the control forward orrearward to move the steeringwheel toward the front or rear ofthe vehicle.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

To set the power tilt wheel memoryposition, see Memory Seats 0 58.



Steering Wheel ControlsThe infotainment system can beoperated by using the steeringwheel controls. See "SteeringWheel Controls" in the infotainmentmanual.

Heated Steering Wheel

( (Heated Steering Wheel, IfEquipped) : Press to turn theheated steering wheel on or off.A light next to the button displayswhen the feature is turned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to be fully heated.

Horn

Pressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Windscreen Wiper/Washer

With the ignition in ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN/START,move the windscreen wiper stalk toselect the wiper speed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT (Intermittent Wipes) : Movethe lever up to INT for intermittentwipes, then turn thex INT bandup for more frequent wipes or downfor less frequent wipes.

If the windscreen wipers are in usefor about six seconds while driving,the exterior lamps come onautomatically if the exterior lampcontrol is in AUTO. See“Wiper-Activated Headlamps” laterin this section.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X (Mist) : For a single wipe, brieflymove the wiper lever down. Forseveral wipes, hold the wiperlever down.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windscreen before usingthem. If frozen to the windscreen,carefully loosen or thaw them.Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 274.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor. See Electrical SystemOverload 0 277.



Wiper Parking

When using intermittent orRainsense™ wipes, the wiperspause briefly on the windscreen.If the wiper lever is moved to OFFor if Rainsense and additional wipesare not required, the wipers maymove to the base of the windscreen.

If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop.

If the windscreen wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windscreen.

If the ignition is put in OFF while thewipers are performing wipes due towindscreen washing or Rainsensewipes, the wipers continue to rununtil they reach the base of thewindscreen.

Rainsense

If equipped with Rainsense, asensor near the top centre of thewindscreen detects the amount of

water on the windscreen andcontrols the frequency of thewindscreen wiper.

Keep this area of the windscreenclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

INT (Rainsense Wipe SensitivityControl) : Move the windscreenwiper stalk to INT. Turn thex INTband on the wiper stalk to adjust thesensitivity.

. Turn the band up for moresensitivity to moisture.

. Turn the band down for lesssensitivity to moisture.

. Move the windscreen wiper leverout of the INT position todeactivate Rainsense.

This feature can be changed. See“Comfort and Convenience” underVehicle Personalisation 0 146.

nL(Windscreen Washer) : Pullthe windscreen wiper lever towardyou to spray windscreen washerfluid and activate the wipers. Thewipers will continue until the lever isreleased or the maximum wash timeis reached. When the windscreenwiper lever is released, additionalwipes may occur depending on howlong the windscreen washer hadbeen activated. See Washer Fluid0 268 for information on filling thewindscreen washer fluid reservoir.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windscreen iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindscreen, blocking your vision.

Wiper-Activated Headlamps

This feature activates the headlightsand parking lights after thewindscreen wipers have been in usefor about six seconds. For thisfeature to work, the exterior lampcontrol must be in AUTO.



The wiper-activated headlightsimmediately turn off when theignition is turned to LOCK/OFF orthe windscreen wiper control isturned off.

Headlamp WasherIf equipped with headlamp washers,they are located to the side of theheadlamps.

The headlamps must be on in orderto use the headlamp washers. If theheadlamps are not on, only thewindscreen will be washed.

Pull the wiper lever toward you andhold briefly to activate. Theheadlamp washers will spray once,pause, and spray again. Theheadlamp washers will spray againafter five windscreen wash cycles.

To refill the windscreen washer fluid,see Washer Fluid 0 268.

ClockThe infotainment system controlsare used to access the time anddate settings through the menu

system. See “Overview” in theinfotainment manual for informationabout how to use the menu system.

Setting the Time

To set the time:

1. Press the SETTINGS screenbutton and press Timeand Date.

2. Press Set Time and press + or− to increase or decreasehours, minutes, and AM or PM.Press 12Hr or 24Hr for 12 or24 hour clock.

3. Press } to go back to theprevious menu.

If auto timing is set, the timedisplayed on the clock may notupdate immediately when drivinginto a new time zone.

To set the date:


2. Press Set Date and press + or− to increase or decreasemonth, day, or year.


To set the clock display:


2. Press Clock Display and pressOFF or ON to turn the clockdisplay off or on.


Power SocketsPower Socket 12 Volt DirectCurrent

Accessory power outlets can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a cell phone or MP3 player.

The vehicle has three 12-voltaccessory power outlets on thecentre console:

. Inside the centre consolestorage in front of the armrestcover.

. Inside the storage area underthe armrest cover.



. Inside the storage area on therear of the centre console,if equipped.

These outlets are powered while thevehicle is in ON/RUN/START orACC/ACCESSORY mode, or untilthe driver door is opened within10 minutes of turning off the vehicle.

Lift the cover to access theaccessory power outlet.

Certain electrical accessories maynot be compatible with theaccessory power outlet and couldoverload a vehicle circuit breaker oradapter fuse. If overloaded, thecircuit breaker will reset after alldevices are disconnected or ifRetained Accessory Power (RAP) isturned off and then back on. SeeRetained Accessory Power (RAP)0 198. Wait one minute to allow thecircuit breaker to reset beforereconnecting devices or turningRAP back on. If the problemcontinues, the issue could be withinyour device. Try another knowngood device to make sure the circuit

breaker is operating properly. If thisdoes not resolve your problem, seeyour dealer.

It is possible to replace the factorypower outlet with a cigar lighterreceptacle, if desired. This requiresthe factory installed circuit breakerto be replaced with a standardminifuse by the dealer. A minifusewill not reset and will have to bereplace if blown.

Caution

Failure to replace the circuitbreaker with the minifuse couldoverheat the cigar lighter anddamage the vehicle.

Always unplug electrical equipmentwhen not in use and do not plug inequipment that exceeds themaximum 15 amps rating.

When adding electrical equipment,ensure that you follow the properinstallation instructions included withthe equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 250.

Caution

Adding any electrical equipmentto the vehicle may damage it orkeep other components fromworking as they should. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not useequipment exceedingmaximum amperage rating of15 amperes. Check with yourretailer before adding electricalequipment.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas mobile phone charge cords.



Power Socket 220/230 VoltAlternating Current

If equipped, this power outlet isinside the centre console. It can beused to plug in electrical equipmentthat uses a maximum limit of 150watts.

An indicator light on the outlet turnson to show it is in use. The lightcomes on when the ignition is inON/RUN/START, equipmentrequiring less than 150 watts isplugged into the socket, and nosystem fault is detected.

The indicator light does not come onwhen the ignition is in LOCK/OFF orif the equipment is not fully seatedinto the outlet.

If equipment is connected usingmore than 150 watts or a systemfault is detected, a protection circuitshuts off the power supply and theindicator light turns off. To reset thecircuit, unplug the item and plug itback in or turn the RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) off andthen back on. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 198. Thepower restarts when equipmentusing 150 watts or less is pluggedinto the outlet and a system fault isnot detected.

The power outlet is not designed forthe following and may not workproperly, if this equipment isplugged in:

. Equipment with high initial peakwattage such as:compressor-driven refrigeratorsand electric power tools.

. Other equipment requiring anextremely stable power supplysuch as:

microcomputer-controlledelectric blankets, touch sensorlamps, etc.

. Medical equipment.

Wireless ChargingThe vehicle may have wirelesscharging in the storage behind theclimate control system. SeeInstrument Panel Storage 0 99. Thesystem wirelessly charges one PMAor Qi compatible mobile device. Tocheck for phone or other devicecompatibility, see your retailer fordetails.

{ Warning

Wireless charging can affect theoperation of an implantedpacemaker or other medicaldevices. If you have one, it isrecommended to consult withyour doctor before using thewireless charging system.

The vehicle must be in ON/RUN/START, ACC/ACCESSORY,or Retained Accessory Power



(RAP). The wireless chargingfeature may not correctly indicatecharging when the vehicle is in RAP.See Retained Accessory Power(RAP) 0 198.

The operating temperature is−20 °C (−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) forthe charging system and 0 °C(32 °F) to 35 °C (95 °F) for thephone.

{ Warning

Remove all metal objects from thecharging pad before chargingyour mobile device. Metal objects,such as coins, keys, rings,or paper clips, between the phoneand charging pad will becomevery hot. On the rare occasionthat the charging system does notdetect a metal object, and theobject gets wedged between thephone and charger, remove thephone and allow the metallicobject to cool before removing itfrom the charging pad, to preventburns.

To charge a mobile device:

1. Open the climate controlsystem panel.

2. Remove all objects from thecharging pad. The system maynot charge if there are anyobjects on the charging pad.

3. Place the mobile device faceup on the@ symbol on thecharging pad.

4. The~ will display on theVon the infotainment screen.This indicates that the mobiledevice is properly positionedand charging. If a phone isplaced on the charging padand~ does not display,remove the phone from thepad, and wait three secondsbefore placing/aligning thephone on the pad again.

Keep the storage door closed whiledriving.



Cigarette LighterThere may be a cigarette lighterinside the front storage area nearthe gear lever and inside thestorage area on the rear of thecentre console.

To activate the cigarette lighter,push it in and release. The lighterpops out when it is ready tobe used.

Caution

Holding a cigarette lighter in whileit is heating does not let thelighter back away from theheating element when it is hot.Damage from overheating canoccur to the lighter or heatingelement, or a fuse could beblown. Do not hold a cigarettelighter in while it is heating.

AshtraysThere is a removable ashtray insidethe front storage area near the gearlever and inside the storage area onthe rear of the centre console. Pressthe door to release the ashtray.

To empty the ashtray, remove it fromthe storage area by holding theedges and pulling straight out. Toreinstall, push the tray back intoplace.

Caution

If papers, pins, or otherflammable items are put in theashtray, hot cigarettes or othersmoking materials could ignitethem and possibly damage thevehicle. Never put flammableitems in the ashtray.

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the engine is started toindicate they are working. Whenone of the warning lights comes onand stays on while driving, or whenone of the gauges shows there maybe a problem, check the section thatexplains what to do. Waiting to dorepairs can be costly and evendangerous.



Instrument Cluster

Base Level with Auto Stop



Uplevel, Balanced Configuration Shown



Reconfigurable InstrumentCluster

The uplevel cluster display layoutcan be changed.

Balanced Configuration

The Balanced configuration hasthree interactive display zones: onein the centre of each of the gauges.

Enhanced Configuration

The Enhanced configuration hasthree interactive display zones.

Performance Configuration (CTS-VSeries and V Sport Only)

The Performance configuration hastwo interactive display zones.

Use the five-way control on the rightside of the steering wheel to movebetween the different display zonesand scroll through the differentdisplays.

To change the cluster configuration:

1. Find the Options page in one ofthe interactive display zones onthe cluster.

2. Press SEL to enter theOptions menu.

3. Scroll down to highlight DisplayLayout. Then press SEL toselect it.

4. Each layout in the menu isrepresented by a small previewimage of the display layout.Scroll up or down and highlightthe selection. Press SEL toselect the desired clusterconfiguration.

5. Exit the Display Layout menuby pressing S.



Cluster Application Displays

The cluster can display informationregarding Navigation, Audio, andPhone. On the base cluster, aspeedometer can also be displayedin the centre zone.

Navigation

If there is no active route, acompass will be displayed. If thereis an active route, press SEL to endroute guidance (if equipped) or turnthe voice prompts (if equipped) onor off.

Audio

While the Audio application page isdisplayed, press SEL to enter theAudio menu. In the Audio menu,search for music, select fromfavourites, or change the audiosource.

Phone

While the Phone application page isdisplayed, press SEL to enter thePhone menu. In the Phone menu,if there is no active phone call, viewrecent calls, select from favourites,

or scroll through contacts. If there isan active call, mute the phone orswitch to handset operation.

Cluster Options Menu

To enter the cluster Options menu:

1. Use the five-way control on theright side of the steering wheelto find the Options page in oneof the interactive display zoneson the cluster.

2. Press SEL on the centre of thefive-way control to enter theOptions menu.

Units : Press SEL while Units ishighlighted to enter the Unit menu.Choose English, Imperial, or metricunits by pressing SEL while thedesired item is highlighted.A checkmark will be displayed nextto the selected item.

Info Pages : Press SEL while InfoPages is highlighted to select theitems to be displayed in the DIC infodisplays. See Driver InformationCentre (DIC) 0 129.

Fav Button Options : Press SELwhile Fav Button Options ishighlighted to select between FAVPrimary and SEEK Primary. Thisselection allows for configuration oftheC andB steering wheelcontrols. When FAV Primary isselected, pressingC andB will goto the next or previous favourite andpressing and holdingC andB willseek. When SEEK Primary isselected, pressingC andB will

seek and pressing and holding CandB will go to the next orprevious favourite.

Display Layout : Press SEL whileDisplay Layout is highlighted tochange the configuration of theuplevel cluster. See “ReconfigurableInstrument Cluster” earlier in thissection.

Tyre Loading : Press SEL whileTyre Loading is highlighted tochange the tyre loading setting.Choose Light (for comfort pressureup to three people), Eco (for Ecopressure up to three people),



or Max (for full loading) by pressingSEL while the desired item ishighlighted.

Open Source Software : PressSEL while Open Source Software ishighlighted to display open sourcesoftware information.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometresper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

MileometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometres or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCentre (DIC). See DriverInformation Centre (DIC) 0 129.

Rev CounterThe tachometer displays the enginespeed in revolutions perminute (rpm).

On the base cluster, if the vehiclehas the Stop/Start system, when theignition is in ON/RUN, thetachometer indicates the vehiclestatus. When pointing to AUTOSTOP, the engine is off but thevehicle is on and can move. Theengine could auto start at any time.When the indicator points to OFF,the vehicle is off.

When the engine is on, thetachometer will indicate the engine'srevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetachometer may vary by severalhundred rpm's, during Auto Stopmode, when the engine is shuttingoff and restarting.

A slight bump may be felt when thetransmission is determining themost fuel efficient operating range.

Caution

If the engine is operated with therpm in the warning area at thehigh end of the tachometer, thevehicle could be damaged, andthe damage would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Do notoperate the engine with the rpm inthe warning area.

Fuel Gauge

Base Level



Uplevel Balanced Configuration

When the ignition is on, the fuelgauge indicates about how muchfuel is left in the tank.

There is an arrow near the fuelgauge pointing to the side of thevehicle the fuel door is on.

When the indicator nears empty, thelow fuel light comes on. There still isa little fuel left, but the vehicleshould be refuelled soon.

Here are four things that someowners ask about. None of theseshow a problem with the fuel gauge:

. At the service station, the fuelpump shuts off before the gaugereads full.

. It takes a little more or less fuelto fill up than the gaugeindicated. For example, thegauge may have indicated thetank was half full, but it actuallytook a little more or less thanhalf the tank's capacity to fillthe tank.

. The gauge moves a little whileturning a corner or speeding up.

. The gauge takes a few secondsto stabilise after the ignition isturned on and goes back toempty when the ignition isturned off.

Engine CoolantTemperature Gauge

Base Level



Uplevel Balanced Configuration

This gauge measures the enginecoolant temperature.

While driving under normaloperating conditions, if the needlemoves into the red area, the engineis too hot. Pull off the road, stop thevehicle, and turn off the engine assoon as possible.

Seat Belt Reminders

Driver Safety Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver safety beltreminder light on the instrumentcluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir safety belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.

If the driver safety belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a passenger safety beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator. SeePassenger Sensing System 0 77.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind passengers to fastentheir safety belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle continues several times ifthe passenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the passenger safety belt isfastened, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger safety beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seatsuch as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, laptop, or otherelectronic device. To turn off thereminder light and/or chime, removethe object from the seat or bucklethe safety belt.



Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), the passengersensing system, the pretensioners,the airbag modules, the wiring, andthe crash sensing and diagnosticmodule. For more information on theairbag system, see AirbagSystem 0 71.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Centre(DIC) message may also come on.See Airbag SystemMessages 0 143.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 77 for importantsafety information. The passengerairbag status indicator is in theoverhead console.

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light the symbol for on and offfor several seconds as a systemcheck. Then, after several moreseconds, the status indicator willlight either the on or off symbol to letyou know the status of the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag.

If the on symbol is lit on thepassenger airbag status indicator, itmeans that the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag are allowed to inflate.

If the off symbol is lit on the airbagstatus indicator, it means that thepassenger sensing system hasturned off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag.



If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour retailer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 118 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Charging System Light

On some vehicles the chargingsystem light comes on briefly whenthe ignition is turned on, but theengine is not running, as a check toshow the light is working. It shouldgo out when the engine is started.For vehicles with a reconfigurablecluster, this light may not come onwhen the ignition is turned on.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there may be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the battery.

When this light comes on, or isflashing, the Driver InformationCentre (DIC) also displays amessage.

See Battery Voltage and ChargingMessages 0 135.

If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radioand air conditioner.

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check EngineLight)This light is part of the vehicle'semission control on-boarddiagnostic system. If this light is onwhile the engine is running, amalfunction has been detected andthe vehicle may require service. Thelight should come on to show that itis working when the ignition is inService Only Mode. See IgnitionPositions 0 194.



Malfunctions are often indicated bythe system before any problem isnoticeable. Being aware of the lightand seeking service promptly whenit comes on may prevent damage.

Caution

If the vehicle is driven continuallywith this light on, the emissioncontrol system may not work aswell, the fuel economy may belower, and the vehicle may notrun smoothly. This could lead tocostly repairs that might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Modifications to the engine,transmission, exhaust, intake,or fuel system, or the use ofreplacement tyres that do notmeet the original tyrespecifications, can cause this lightto come on. This could lead tocostly repairs not covered by thevehicle warranty. This could alsoaffect the vehicle's ability to passan Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. SeeAccessories andModifications 0 253.

If the light is flashing : Amalfunction has been detected thatcould damage the emission controlsystem and increase vehicleemissions. Diagnosis and servicemay be required.

To help prevent damage, reducevehicle speed and avoid hardaccelerations and uphill gradients.

If towing a trailer, reduce theamount of cargo being hauled assoon as possible.

If the light continues to flash, find asafe place to park. Turn the vehicleoff and wait at least 10 secondsbefore restarting the engine. If thelight is still flashing, follow theprevious guidelines and see yourretailer for service as soon aspossible.

If the light is on continuously : Amalfunction has been detected.Diagnosis and service may berequired.

Check the following:

. If fuel has been added to thevehicle using the capless funneladapter, make sure that it hasbeen removed. See “Filling theTank with a Portable Gas Can”under Filling the Tank 0 243.The diagnostic system candetect if the adapter has beenleft installed in the vehicle,allowing fuel to evaporate intothe atmosphere. A few drivingtrips with the adapter removedmay turn off the light.



. Poor fuel quality can causeinefficient engine operation andpoor driveability, which may goaway once the engine is warmedup. If this occurs, change thefuel brand. It may require atleast one full tank of the properfuel to turn the light off. SeeFuel 0 242.

If the light remains on, see yourretailer.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance Programs

If the vehicle requires an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test, thetest equipment will likely connect tothe vehicle's Data LinkConnector (DLC).

The DLC is under the instrumentpanel to the left of the steeringwheel. Connecting devices that are

not used to perform an EmissionsInspection/Maintenance test or toservice the vehicle may affectvehicle operation. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 250. Seeyour dealer if assistance is needed.

The vehicle may not passinspection if:

. The light is on when the engineis running.

. The light does not come onwhen the ignition is in ServiceOnly Mode.

. Critical emission control systemshave not been completelydiagnosed. If this happens, thevehicle would not be ready forinspection and might requireseveral days of routine drivingbefore the system is ready forinspection. This can happen ifthe 12-volt battery has recentlybeen replaced or run down, or ifthe vehicle has been recentlyserviced.

See your retailer if the vehicle willnot pass or cannot be made readyfor the test.

Brake System WarningLightThe vehicle brake system consistsof two hydraulic circuits. If onecircuit is not working, the remainingcircuit can still work to stop thevehicle. For normal brakingperformance, both circuits need tobe working.

If the warning light comes on, thereis a problem with the brakingsystem. Have the brake systeminspected immediately.

This light should come on brieflywhen the engine is started. If it doesnot come on then, have it fixed so itwill be ready to warn you if there isa problem.

If the light comes on and stays on,there is a basic braking systemproblem.



{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Parking Brake Light

The parking brake status lightcomes on when the parking brake isapplied. If the light continuesflashing after the parking brake isreleased, or while driving, there is aproblem with the electric parkingbrake system or another system.

A message may also display in theDriver Information Centre (DIC).See Brake SystemMessages 0 135.

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

On some vehicles the serviceelectric parking brake light shouldcome on briefly when the vehicle isin ON/RUN. If it does not come on,have it fixed so it will be ready towarn if there is a problem. Forvehicles with the reconfigurablecluster, this light may not come onwhen the vehicle is in ON/RUN.

If this light stays on, there is aproblem with a system on thevehicle that is causing the parkingbrake system to work at a reducedlevel. The vehicle can still be driven,but should be taken to a dealer assoon as possible. See ElectricParking Brake 0 207. If a messagedisplays in the Driver InformationCentre (DIC), see Brake SystemMessages 0 135.

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.

If the light does not come on, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn ifthere is a problem.



If the light comes on while driving,stop as soon as it is safely possibleand turn off the vehicle. Then startthe engine again to reset thesystem. If the ABS light stays on,or comes on again while driving, thevehicle needs service. A chime mayalso sound when the light comes onsteady.

If the ABS light is the only light on,the vehicle has regular brakes, butthe anti-lock brakes are notfunctioning.

If both the ABS and the brakesystem warning light are on, thevehicle's anti-lock brakes are notfunctioning and there is a problemwith the regular brakes. See yourretailer for service.

See Brake System Warning Light0 121 and Brake SystemMessages 0 135.

Gear Shifting Light

This light comes on when a gearshift is recommended for best fueleconomy. When the arrow is pointedup, an upshift is recommended.When the arrow is pointed down, adownshift is recommended. Thenumber displayed with the arrowindicates the recommended gear.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light

For some vehicles, this light comeson briefly while starting the vehicle.If it does not come on, have thevehicle serviced.

For vehicles with the uplevel cluster,this light may not come on whenstarting the vehicle.

This light is green if LKA is availableto assist.

LKA may assist by gently turningthe steering wheel if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane markingwithout using the indicator in thatdirection. The LKA light will turnamber.

This light is amber and flashes as aLane Departure Warning (LDW)alert, to indicate that the lanemarking has been crossed.

See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 240.



Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay green when a vehicle isdetected ahead and amber whenyou are following a vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 234.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light then

turns off. For vehicles with areconfigurable cluster, this light is inthe display area and it may notcome on when the ignition isturned on.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrakbutton.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.


StabiliTrak® OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the engine. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak system is turned off.If StabiliTrak is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, thesystem does not assist in controllingthe vehicle. Turn on the TCS andthe StabiliTrak systems, and thewarning light turns off.


Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light

This light comes on briefly when theengine is started.



If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS and potentially the StabiliTraksystem have been disabled. A DICmessage may display. Check theDIC messages to determine whichfeature(s) is no longer functioningand whether the vehicle requiresservice.

If the light is on and flashing, theTCS and/or the StabiliTrak systemis actively working.


Engine CoolantTemperature WarningLight

On some vehicles this light comeson briefly while starting the vehicle.If it does not, have the vehicleserviced by the dealer. If the systemis working normally the indicatorlight goes off. For vehicles with thereconfigurable cluster, this light maynot come on when starting thevehicle.

Caution

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light indicates that thevehicle has overheated. Drivingwith this light on can damage theengine and it may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. SeeEngine Overheating 0 267.

The engine coolant temperaturewarning light comes on when theengine has overheated.

If this happens pull over and turn offthe engine as soon as possible. SeeEngine Overheating 0 267.

Tyre Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tyre PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the engine isstarted. It provides informationabout tyre pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light Is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tyres are significantlyunderinflated.

A Driver Information Centre (DIC)tyre pressure message may alsodisplay. See Tyre Messages 0 145.Stop as soon as possible, andinflate the tyres to the pressurevalue shown on the Tyre andLoading Information label. See TyrePressure 0 289.



When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

If the light flashes for about a minuteand then stays on, there may be aproblem with the TPMS. If theproblem is not corrected, the lightwill come on at every ignition cycle.See Tyre Pressure MonitorOperation 0 292.

Engine Oil Pressure Light

Caution

Lack of proper engine oilmaintenance can damage theengine. Driving with the engine oillow can also damage the engine.The repairs would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty. Checkthe oil level as soon as possible.Add oil if required, but if the oillevel is within the operating rangeand the oil pressure is still low,have the vehicle serviced. Alwaysfollow the maintenance schedulefor changing engine oil.

This light should come on briefly asthe engine is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If the light comes on and stays on, itmeans that oil is not flowing throughthe engine properly. The vehiclecould be low on oil and might havesome other system problem. Seeyour dealer.

Low Fuel Warning Light

This light is near the fuel gauge andcomes on briefly when the ignition isturned on as a check to show it isworking. For vehicles with a

reconfigurable cluster, this light is inthe display area and may not comeon when the ignition is turned on.

It also comes on when the fuel tankis low on fuel. The light turns offwhen fuel is added. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced.

Auto Stop Mode (UplevelCluster)

This light comes on when theengine is in an Auto Stop.

See Starting the Engine 0 196.



Security Light

On some vehicles the immobiliserlight should come on briefly as theengine is started. If it does not comeon, have the vehicle serviced byyour dealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light turns off.For vehicles with the reconfigurablecluster, this light may not come onwhen the engine is started.

If the light stays on and the enginedoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem. See ImmobiliserOperation 0 43.

Main-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

See Headlamp Main/Dipped-BeamChanger 0 156.

IntelliBeam® Light

This light comes on when theIntelliBeam system, if equipped, isenabled.

See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 154.

Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) Light

This light should come on briefly asthe vehicle is started. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer. For vehicles with areconfigurable cluster, this light is inthe display area and may not comeon when the ignition is turned on.

This light comes on solid whenthere is a problem with the AFLsystem. It flashes when the systemis switching between lightingmodes. See Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) 0 158.



Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use. SeeExterior Lamp Controls 0 154.

Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is whitewhen the cruise control is on andready, and turns green when thecruise control is set and active.

See Cruise Control 0 217.

Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light is white when the AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC, if equipped) ison and ready, and turns green whenthe ACC is set and active. SeeAdaptive Cruise Control 0 220.

Door Ajar Light

For vehicles equipped with this light,it comes on when a door is open ornot securely latched. Before driving,check that all doors are properlyclosed. See Door Ajar Messages0 136 for more information.



Information Displays

Driver InformationCentre (DIC)The DIC displays are shown in theleft and right interactive displayzones on the instrument cluster. Thedisplays show the status of manyvehicle systems. The controls forthe DIC are on the right steeringwheel control.

y orz : Press to move up ordown in a list.

S or T : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster. Press S to go back to theprevious menu.

SEL (Select) : Press to open amenu or select a menu item. Pressand hold to reset values on certainscreens.

DIC Information DisplayOptions

The information displays on the DICcan be turned on or off through theOptions menu.

1. Press SEL while viewing theOptions page in the centredisplay zone on the cluster.

2. Scroll to Info Pages andpress SEL.

3. Pressy orz to movethrough the list of possibleinformation displays.

4. Press SEL while an item ishighlighted to select ordeselect that item. When anitem is selected, a checkmarkwill appear next to it.

DIC Information Displays

The following is the list of allpossible DIC information displays.Some of the information displaysmay not be available for yourparticular vehicle.

Speed : Shows the vehicle speed ineither kilometres per hour (km/h) ormiles per hour (mph).

Trip 1 and Trip 2 (Base Cluster) /Trip 1 or Trip 2 and Average FuelEconomy (Uplevel Cluster) :Shows the current distancetravelled, in either kilometres (km) ormiles (mi), since the trip odometerwas last reset. The trip odometercan be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

The average fuel economy showsthe approximate average litres per100 kilometres (L/100 km) or milesper gallon (mpg). This number iscalculated based on the number ofL/100 km (mpg) recorded since thelast time this menu item was reset.This number reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, and



will change as driving conditionschange. The Average FuelEconomy can be reset along withthe trip odometer by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

Fuel Range : Shows theapproximate distance the vehiclecan be driven without refuelling.LOW will be displayed when thevehicle is low on fuel. The fuelrange estimate is based on anaverage of the vehicle's fueleconomy over recent driving historyand the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank.

Average Fuel Economy (BaseCluster) : Shows the approximateaverage litres per 100 kilometres(L/100 km) or miles per gallon(mpg). This number is calculatedbased on the number of L/100 km(mpg) recorded since the last timethis menu item was reset. Thisnumber reflects only theapproximate average fuel economythat the vehicle has right now, andwill change as driving conditionschange. The Average Fuel

Economy can be reset by pressingand holding SEL while this displayis active.

Instantaneous Fuel Economy :Shows the current fuel economy ineither litres per 100 kilometers(L/100 km) or miles per gallon(mpg). This number reflects only theapproximate fuel economy that thevehicle has right now and changesfrequently as driving conditionschange.

Average Speed : Shows theaverage speed of the vehicle inkilometres per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressing andholding SEL while this display isactive.

Timer : This display can be used asa timer. To start the timer, press SELwhile this display is active. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer was

last reset. To stop the timer, pressSEL briefly while this display isactive and the timer is running. Toreset the timer to zero, press andhold SEL while this display is active.

Compass (Base Cluster) : Showsthe direction the vehicle is driving.

Turn Arrow : Shows the nextmanoeuvre when using routeguidance.

Estimated Time to Arrival : Showsthe estimated time until arrival atyour destination.

Distance to Destination : Showsthe distance to the destination whenusing route guidance.

Traffic Sign Memory : Shows roadsign information. This page can bereset by pressing and holding SELwhile viewing this page. Traffic signalerts can be turned on or off bypressing SEL while viewing thispage to enter the Traffic SignMemory menu.



Speed Warning : Allows the driverto set a speed that they do not wantto exceed. To set the SpeedWarning, press SEL when SpeedWarning is displayed. Pressy orz to adjust the value. This featurecan be turned off by pressing andholding SEL while viewing thispage. If the selected speed limit isexceeded, a pop-up warning isdisplayed and a chime may sound.

Best Fuel Economy : Displaysaverage fuel economy, the best fueleconomy over the selecteddistance, and a bar graph showinginstantaneous fuel economy.

Cruise Set Speed : Shows thespeed the cruise control or AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC, if equipped) isset to.

Battery Voltage : Shows thecurrent battery voltage.

Engine Boost : Shows the currentamount of boost being added.

Oil Life : Shows an estimate of theoil's remaining useful life.If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% isdisplayed, that means 99% of thecurrent oil life remains.

When the remaining oil life is low,the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOONmessage will appear on the display.See Engine Oil Messages 0 137.The oil should be changed as soonas possible. See Engine Oil 0 258.In addition to the engine oil lifesystem monitoring the oil life,additional maintenance isrecommended in the MaintenanceSchedule. See ScheduledMaintenance 0 325.

The Oil Life display must be resetafter each oil change. It will notreset itself. Do not to reset the OilLife display accidentally at any timeother than when the oil has justbeen changed. It cannot be resetaccurately until the next oil change.To reset the engine oil life system,press and hold SEL for severalseconds while the Oil Life display isactive. See Engine Oil LifeSystem 0 260.

Tyre Pressure : Shows theapproximate pressures of all fourtyres. Tyre pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tyre isshown in amber. See Tyre PressureMonitor System 0 291 and TyrePressure Monitor Operation 0 292.

Vehicle Odometer (BaseCluster) : Shows the odometer.

Blank Page : The Blank Pagedisplay allows for no information tobe displayed in the DIC displayzone(s).

Head-Up Display (HUD)

{ Warning

If the HUD image is too bright ortoo high in your field of view, itmay take you more time to seethings you need to see when it isdark outside. Be sure to keep theHUD image dim and placed low inyour field of view.



If equipped with HUD, someinformation concerning theoperation of the vehicle is projectedonto the windscreen. The image isprojected through the HUD lens ontop of the instrument panel. Theinformation appears as an imagefocused out toward the front of thevehicle.

Caution

If you try to use the HUD imageas a parking aid, you maymisjudge the distance anddamage your vehicle. Do not usethe HUD image as a parking aid.

The HUD information can bedisplayed in various languages insome vehicles. The speedometerreading and other numerical valuescan be displayed in either English ormetric units.

The language selection is changedthrough the radio and the units ofmeasurement is changed throughthe instrument cluster. See VehiclePersonalisation 0 146 and “ClusterOptions Menu” under InstrumentCluster 0 111.

HUD Display on the VehicleWindscreen

The HUD may display some of thefollowing vehicle information andvehicle messages or alerts:

. Speed

. Rev Counter

. Audio

. Phone

. Navigation

. Collision Alert

. Cruise Control

. Lane Departure

. Low Fuel

Some vehicle messages or alertsdisplayed in the HUD may becleared by using the steering wheelcontrols. See VehicleMessages 0 134.

The HUD control is to the left of thesteering wheel.

To adjust the HUD image:

1. Adjust the driver seat.

2. Start the engine.



Use the following settings to adjustthe HUD.

$ (Image Adjustment) : Pressdown or lift up to centre the HUDimage. The HUD image can only beadjusted up and down, not sideto side.

! (Display View) : Press toselect the display view. Each presswill change the display view.

D (Image Brightness) : Lift upand hold to brighten the display.Press down and hold to dim thedisplay. Hold down to turn thedisplay off.

The HUD image will automaticallydim and brighten to compensate foroutside lighting. The HUDbrightness control can also beadjusted as needed.

The HUD image can temporarilylight up depending on the angle andposition of the sunlight on the HUDdisplay. This is normal.

Polarised sunglasses could makethe HUD image harder to see.

HUD Views

There are four views in the HUD.Some vehicle information andvehicle messages or alerts may bedisplayed in any view.

Speed View : This display gives thespeedometer reading (in English ormetric units), speed limit, LaneDeparture Warning, and VehicleAhead indicator. Some informationonly appears on vehicles that havethese features, and when they areactive.

Audio/Phone View : This displaysthe speed view along with audio/phone information. The current radiostation, media type, and incomingcalls will be displayed when activeon vehicles equipped with thesefeatures.

All HUD views may briefly displayaudio information when the driveruses the steering wheel controls toadjust the audio settings appearingin the instrument cluster.

Incoming phone calls appearing inthe instrument cluster, may alsodisplay in any HUD view.

Navigation View : This displayincludes the information in thespeed view along with Turn-by-TurnNavigation information in some



vehicles. The compass heading isdisplayed when navigation routing isnot active.

Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alertsshown in the instrument cluster mayalso be displayed in any HUD view.

Performance View : This displaysthe speedometer reading, rpmreading, transmission positions, andgear shift indicator.

Care of the HUD

Clean the inside of the windscreento remove any dirt or film that couldreduce the sharpness or clarity ofthe HUD image.

Clean the HUD lens with a soft clothsprayed with glass cleaner. Wipethe lens gently, then dry it.

HUD Troubleshooting

Check that:

. Nothing is covering theHUD lens.

. HUD brightness setting is nottoo dim or too bright.

. HUD is adjusted to the properheight.

. Polarised sunglasses arenot worn.

. Windscreen and HUD lens areclean.

If the HUD image is not correct,contact your dealer.

The windscreen is part of the HUDsystem. If the windscreen needsreplacing, see WindscreenReplacement 0 274.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may display one after theother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing SEL. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action isperformed. All messages should betaken seriously and clearing themessages does not correct theproblem.

The following are some of thevehicle messages that may bedisplayed depending on the vehiclecontent.



Battery Voltage andCharging Messages

BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE

This message displays when thevehicle has detected that the batteryvoltage is dropping beyond areasonable point. The battery saversystem starts reducing features ofthe vehicle that may be noticed. Atthe point that features are disabled,this message displays. Turn offunnecessary accessories to allowthe battery to recharge.

LOW BATTERY

This message is displayed when thebattery voltage is low. SeeBattery 0 271.

SERVICE BATTERYCHARGING SYSTEM

This message is displayed whenthere is a fault in the batterycharging system. Take the vehicle toyour dealer for service.

TRANSPORT MODE ON

This message is displayed when thevehicle is in transport mode. Somefeatures can be disabled while inthis mode, including RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE), remote start,and the vehicle alarm system. Takethe vehicle to your dealer for serviceto turn transport mode off.

Brake System Messages

BRAKE FLUID LOW

This message displays when thebrake fluid level is low. See BrakeFluid 0 270.

RELEASE HAND BRAKE

This message displays if the ElectricParking Brake is on while thevehicle is in motion. Release itbefore attempting to drive. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 207.

SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST

This message displays when thereis a problem with the brake boostsystem. When this messagedisplays, the brake pedal may be

harder to push and the stoppingdistance may be longer. See yourretailer for service.

SERVICE PARKING BRAKE

This message displays when thereis a problem with the ElectricParking Brake. See your retailer forservice.

STEP ON BRAKE TORELEASE HAND BRAKE

This message displays whenattempting to release the ElectricParking Brake without the brakepedal applied. See Electric ParkingBrake 0 207.

Cruise Control Messages

ADAPTIVE CRUISE SETTO XXX

This message displays when theAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)speed is set. See Adaptive CruiseControl 0 220.



ADAPTIVE CRUISETEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE

This message displays whenattempting to activate AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC) when it istemporarily unavailable. The ACCsystem does not need service.

This can occur under the followingconditions:

. The radar is not clean. Keep theradar sensors free of mud, dirt,snow, ice, and slush. Clean theentire front and/or rear of thevehicle. For cleaninginstructions, see ExteriorCare 0 315.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the radar object detection orcamera performance.

CRUISE SET TO XXX

This message displays when thecruise control speed is set. SeeCruise Control 0 217.

NO CRUISE BRAKINGACCELERATOR APPLIED

This message displays whenAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) isactive and the driver is pressing theaccelerator pedal. When this occurs,ACC will not brake. See AdaptiveCruise Control 0 220.

SERVICE ADAPTIVE CRUISECONTROL

This message displays when theAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)needs service. Take the vehicle toyour dealer.

SHIFT TO PARK BEFOREEXITING

This message may display ifAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC) isengaged holding the vehicle at astop, and the driver attempts to exitthe vehicle. Put the vehicle inP (Park) before exiting.

Door Ajar Messages

DOOR OPEN

A door open symbol will bedisplayed on the DIC showing whichdoor is open. If the vehicle has beenshifted out of P (Park), a DOOROPEN message will also bedisplayed. The DOOR OPENmessage may also be displayed ifthe vehicle starts to move. Close thedoor completely.

BONNET OPEN

This message will display along witha bonnet open symbol when thebonnet is open. A chime may alsosound. Close the bonnet completely.

BOOT LID OPEN

This message will display along witha symbol when the boot is open.Close the boot completely.



Engine Cooling SystemMessages

A/C OFF ENGINECOOLANT HOT

This message displays when theengine coolant becomes hotter thanthe normal operating temperature.To avoid added strain on a hotengine, the air conditioningcompressor automatically turns off.When the coolant temperaturereturns to normal, the airconditioning compressor turns backon. The vehicle can continue to bedriven.

If this message continues to appear,have the system repaired by yourdealer as soon as possible to avoiddamage to the engine.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —IDLE ENGINE

This message displays and a chimesounds when the engine coolanttemperature is too hot. The enginecoolant temperature warning lightwill also be on. Stop and allow thevehicle to idle until it cools down.

ENGINE OVERHEATED —TURN VEHICLE OFF

This message displays and acontinuous chime sounds if theengine cooling system reachesunsafe temperatures for operation.The engine coolant temperaturewarning light will flash. Stop andturn off the vehicle as soon as it issafe to do so to avoid severedamage. This message clears whenthe engine has cooled to a safeoperating temperature.

Engine Oil Messages

CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON

This message displays when theengine oil needs to be changed.When you change the engine oil, besure to reset the Oil Life System.See Engine Oil Life System 0 260,Driver Information Centre (DIC)0 129, Engine Oil 0 258 andScheduled Maintenance 0 325.

ENGINE OIL HOT, IDLEENGINE

This message displays when theengine oil temperature is too hot.Stop and allow the vehicle to idleuntil it cools down.

ENGINE OIL LOW — ADD OIL

On some vehicles, this messagedisplays when the engine oil levelmay be too low. Check the oil levelbefore filling to the recommendedlevel. If the oil is not low and thismessage remains on, take thevehicle to your dealer for service.See Engine Oil 0 258.

OIL PRESSURE LOW — STOPENGINE

This message displays if low oilpressure levels occur. Stop thevehicle as soon as safely possibleand do not operate it until the causeof the low oil pressure has beencorrected. Check the oil as soon aspossible and have the vehicleserviced by your dealer.



Engine Power Messages

ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED

This message displays when thevehicle's engine power is reduced.Reduced engine power can affectthe vehicle's ability to accelerate.If this message is on, but there is noreduction in performance, proceedto your destination. Theperformance may be reduced thenext time the vehicle is driven. Thevehicle may be driven at a reducedspeed while this message is on, butmaximum acceleration and speedmay be reduced. Anytime thismessage stays on, the vehicleshould be taken to your dealer forservice as soon as possible.

Fuel System Messages

FUEL LEVEL LOW

This message displays when thevehicle is low on fuel. Refuel assoon as possible.

Key and Lock Messages

NO REMOTE KEY WASDETECTED PLACE KEY INTRANSMITTER POCKET THENSTART YOUR VEHICLE

This message displays when tryingto start the vehicle if an RKEtransmitter is not detected. Thetransmitter battery may be weak.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 29.

NO REMOTE DETECTED

This message displays when thetransmitter battery may be weak.See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 29.

NO REMOTE DETECTEDPRESS BRAKE TO RESTART

This message displays whenattempting to turn off the vehicleand the RKE transmitter is no longerdetected. Restarting is allowedwithout the RKE transmitter forfive minutes. Press the brake pedalto restart the vehicle.

NUMBER OF KEYSPROGRAMMED

This message displays whenprogramming new keys to thevehicle.

REMOTE LEFT IN VEHICLE

This message displays whenleaving the vehicle with the RKEtransmitter still inside.

REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY

This message displays when thebattery in the RKE transmitter needsto be replaced.



Lamp Messages

AFL (ADAPTIVE FORWARDLIGHTING) LAMPS NEEDSERVICE

This message displays when theAFL system is disabled and needsservice. See your dealer. SeeAdaptive Forward Lighting(AFL) 0 158.

AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROLON/OFF

This message is displayed when theexterior lamp control is in AUTO andthe lights have turned on or off. SeeAutomatic Headlamp System 0 157.

XXX TURN INDICATORFAILURE

When one of the indicators is out,this message displays to showwhich bulb needs to be replaced.See Bulb Replacement 0 275 andReplacement Bulbs 0 277.

INDICATOR ON

This message is displayed if theindicator has been left on. Turn offthe indicator.

Object Detection SystemMessages

24 GHz RADARS OFF

This message displays when drivingin certain areas where there may beradar interference. Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), and the FrontAutomatic Braking (FAB) Systemmay not work or may not work aswell. The vehicle does not needservice.

AUTOMATIC COLLISIONPREP OFF

This message displays when theFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System has been turned off. SeeFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System 0 236.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREPREDUCED

This message displays when theFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System has been set to the Alertsetting. This setting disables mostFAB functions. Some last-secondautomatic braking capability is stillprovided with the Alert setting, butbraking is less likely to occur. SeeFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System 0 236.

AUTOMATIC COLLISION PREPUNAVAILABLE

This message displays when theFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System has been unavailable forsome time. The FAB System doesnot need service. This message candisplay under the followingconditions:

. The front of the vehicle orwindscreen is not clean. Keepthese areas clean and free ofmud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush.For cleaning instructions, seeExterior Care 0 315.



. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith the object detectionperformance.

This message may also bedisplayed if there is a problem withthe StabiliTrak system. See TractionControl/Electronic StabilityControl 0 209.

FORWARD COLLISIONALERT OFF

This message displays when theForward Collision Alert has beenturned off.

FRONT CAMERA BLOCKEDCLEAN WINDSCREEN

This message displays when thecamera is blocked. Cleaning theoutside of the windscreen behindthe rearview mirror may correct theissue. The Lane Keep Assist (LKA)and the Lane Departure Warning(LDW) system will not operate.Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),Forward Collision Alert (FCA), andthe Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System may not work or may notwork as well.

LANE CHANGE ALERT OFF

This message indicates that thedriver has turned the Side BlindZone Alert (SBZA) and LaneChange Alert (LCA) systems off.

LANE KEEPING ASSISTUNAVAILABLE

This message displays when theLane Keep Assist (LKA) and LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) system istemporarily unavailable. The LKAsystem does not need service.

This message could be due to thecamera being blocked. Cleaning theoutside of the windscreen behindthe rearview mirror may correct theissue.

PARK ASSIST OFF

This message displays when theParking Assist system has beenturned off or when there is atemporary condition causing thesystem to be disabled.

SERVICE AUTOMATICCOLLISION PREP

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem. Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC), Forward Collision Alert(FCA), and/or the Front AutomaticBraking (FAB) System may notwork. Do not use these systemsuntil the vehicle has been repaired.

SERVICE DRIVER ASSISTSYSTEM

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair thesystem.

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),Forward Collision Alert (FCA), theFront Automatic Braking (FAB)System, Assistance Systems forParking or Reversing, and/or theLane Keep Assist (LKA) systemmay not work. Do not use thesesystems until the vehicle has beenrepaired.



SERVICE FRONT CAMERA

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, take the vehicleto your retailer for service. Do notuse the Lane Keep Assist (LKA),Lane Departure Warning (LDW),and Forward Collision Alert (FCA)features.

SERVICE PARK ASSIST

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Parking Assistsystem. Do not use this system tohelp you park. See your retailer forservice.

SERVICE SIDE DETECTIONSYSTEM

If this message remains on aftercontinued driving, the vehicle needsservice. Side Blind Zone Alert(SBZA), Lane Change Alert (LCA),and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)features will not work. Take thevehicle to your dealer.

SIDE DETECTION SYSTEMUNAVAILABLE

This message indicates that SideBlind Zone Alert (SBZA), LaneChange Alert (LCA), and RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA) aredisabled either because the sensoris blocked and cannot detectvehicles in the blind zone, or thevehicle is passing through an openarea, such as the desert, wherethere is insufficient data foroperation. This message may alsoactivate during heavy rain or due toroad spray. The vehicle does notneed service. For cleaning, see"Washing the Vehicle" underExterior Care 0 315.

TAKE STEERING

If LKA does not detect active driversteering, an alert and chime may beprovided. Move the steering wheelto dismiss. See Lane Keep Assist(LKA) 0 240.

Ride Control SystemMessages

ALL WHEEL DRIVE OFF

If the vehicle has theAll-Wheel-Drive (AWD) system, thismessage displays when there is atemporary condition making theAWD system unavailable. Thevehicle will run in 2WD. This couldbe caused by:

. Loss of wheel or vehicle speed

. AWD system overheat

. Certain vehicle electricalconditions

This message turns off when theabove conditions are no longerpresent and the warning message isreset.

See All-Wheel Drive 0 205.

PERFORMANCE TRACTION 1 -WET (V-Series Only)

This message displays when thisPerformance Traction Management(PTM) mode is selected. The TCSand StabiliTrak OFF cluster lightswill also be on when this mode is



selected. Launch Control isavailable when this mode isselected. In this mode, the TractionControl and Active Handling Systemare available but intended for useon wet race track conditions. Adjustyour driving accordingly. See“Performance Traction Management(V-Series Only)” under CompetitiveDriving Mode 0 214.

PERFORMANCE TRACTION 2 -DRY (V-Series Only)

This message displays when thisPerformance Traction Management(PTM) mode is selected. The TCSand StabiliTrak OFF cluster lightswill also be on when this mode isselected. Launch Control isavailable when this mode isselected. In this mode, the TractionControl and Active Handling Systemare available but intended for useon dry race track conditions. Adjustyour driving accordingly. See“Performance Traction Management(V-Series Only)” under CompetitiveDriving Mode 0 214.

PERFORMANCE TRACTION 3 -SPORT 1 (V-Series Only)

This message displays when thisPerformance Traction Management(PTM) mode is selected. The TCSand StabiliTrak OFF cluster lightswill also be on when this mode isselected. Launch Control isavailable when this mode isselected. In this mode, the TractionControl and Active Handling Systemare available but intended for useon dry race track conditions. Adjustyour driving accordingly. See“Performance Traction Management(V-Series Only)” under CompetitiveDriving Mode 0 214.

PERFORMANCE TRACTION 4 -SPORT 2 (V-Series Only)

This message displays when thisPerformance Traction Management(PTM) mode is selected. The TCSand StabiliTrak OFF cluster lightswill also be on when this mode isselected. Launch Control isavailable when this mode isselected. In this mode, the TractionControl is available but intended foruse on dry race track conditions.

The Active Handling System isdisabled when this mode isselected. This mode will requiremore driver skill than modes 1-3.Adjust your driving accordingly. See“Performance Traction Management(V-Series Only)” under CompetitiveDriving Mode 0 214.

PERFORMANCE TRACTION 5 -RACE (V-Series Only)

This message displays when thisPerformance Traction Management(PTM) mode is selected. The TCSand StabiliTrak OFF cluster lightswill also be on when this mode isselected. Launch Control isavailable when this mode isselected. In this mode, the TractionControl is available but intended foruse on dry race track conditions.The Active Handling System isdisabled when this mode isselected. This mode will requiremore driver skill than modes 1-4.Adjust your driving accordingly. See“Performance Traction Management(V-Series Only)” under CompetitiveDriving Mode 0 214.



REAR AXLE OFF

When this message is displayed,the vehicle's handling capabilitieswill be reduced during severemanoeuvres. StabiliTrak will beaffected. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 209.

SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE

This message displays if a problemoccurs with the All-Wheel-Drive(AWD) system. The vehicle will runin 2WD. This could be caused by:

. An electronics problem

. Worn out or overheated clutchplates

. Various electrical issues

The system may need service. Seeyour dealer.

SERVICE REAR AXLE

If there is a problem detected withthe Electronic Limited-Slip RearAxle, this message displays. Whendisplayed, the system is notoperational and driving should be

adjusted accordingly. Take thevehicle to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

When this message is displayed,the vehicle's handling capabilitieswill be reduced during severemanoeuvres. StabiliTrak will beaffected. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 209.

SERVICE STABILITRAK

This message displays if there is aproblem with the StabiliTrak system.See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 209.

SERVICE SUSPENSIONSYSTEM

This message displays when thereis a problem with the Magnetic RideControl system. See Driver ModeControl 0 211. Have the vehicleserviced by your dealer.

SERVICE TRACTIONCONTROL

This message displays when thereis a problem with the TractionControl System (TCS). See TractionControl/Electronic StabilityControl 0 209.

TRACTION CONTROL OFF

This message may display when theTraction Control System (TCS) hasbeen turned off. See TractionControl/Electronic StabilityControl 0 209.

TRACTION CONTROL ON

This message may display when theTraction Control System (TCS) hasbeen turned on. See TractionControl/Electronic StabilityControl 0 209.

Airbag System Messages

SERVICE AIRBAG

This message displays if there is aproblem with the airbag system. Seeyour retailer for service.



Safety Belt Messages

AUTOMATIC SEATBELTTIGHTENING UNAVAILABLE

This message displays when theAutomatic Safety Belt TighteningSystem, if equipped, becomesunavailable. This could be causedby a temporary condition. If themessage continues to display, seeyour dealer.

SERVICE AUTOMATICSEATBELT TIGHTENINGSYSTEM

If this message displays, take thevehicle to your dealer to repair theAutomatic Safety Belt TighteningSystem, if equipped.

Security Messages

THEFT ATTEMPTED

This message displays if the vehicledetects a tamper condition.

Service Vehicle Messages

SERVICE AC SYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the air conditioningsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.

SERVICE PEDESTRIANPROTECTION SYSTEM

This message displays when thereis a problem with the pedestrianprotection system. See your retailerfor service immediately.

SERVICE POWER STEERING

This message displays and a chimemay sound when there may be aproblem with the power steeringsystem. If this message displaysand a reduction in steeringperformance or loss of powersteering assistance is noticed, seeyour retailer.

SERVICE STEERINGCOLUMN LOCK

This message displays if there is aproblem with the steering columnlock. Take the vehicle to your dealerfor service.

SERVICE VEHICLE SOON

This message displays if there is aproblem with the vehicle. Take thevehicle to your dealer for service.

Starting the VehicleMessages

PRESS BRAKE TO START

This message is displayed whenattempting to start the vehiclewithout first pressing the brakepedal.

SERVICE KEYLESS STARTSYSTEM

This message is displayed if there isa problem with the pushbutton startsystem. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service.



TURN STEERING WHEELSTART VEHICLE AGAIN

This message may display whenyou try to start the vehicle, but thecolumn remains locked. Try turningthe steering wheel while starting thevehicle to unlock the steeringcolumn. If the vehicle still does notstart, turn the steering wheel theother way, and try starting thevehicle again.

Tyre Messages

SERVICE TYRE MONITORSYSTEM

This message displays if there is aproblem with the Tyre PressureMonitor System (TPMS). See TyrePressure Monitor Operation 0 292.

TYRE LEARNING ACTIVE

This message displays when thesystem is learning new tyres. SeeTyre Pressure MonitorOperation 0 292.

TYRE PRESSURE LOW ADDAIR TO TYRE

This message displays when thepressure in one or more of the tyresis low.

This message also displays LEFTFRONT, RIGHT FRONT, LEFTREAR, or RIGHT REAR to indicatethe location of the low tyre.

The low tyre pressure warning lightwill also come on. See TyrePressure Light 0 125.

If a tyre pressure message appearson the DIC, stop as soon aspossible. Inflate the tyres by addingair until the tyre pressure is equal tothe values shown on the Tyre andLoading Information label. SeeTyres 0 286, Vehicle Load Limits0 190, and Tyre Pressure 0 289.

More than one tyre pressuremessage can appear at a time. TheDIC also shows the tire pressurevalues. See Driver InformationCentre (DIC) 0 129.

Transmission Messages

SERVICE TRANSMISSION

This message displays if there is aproblem with the transmission. Seeyour dealer.

SHIFT DENIED

This message displays when usingthe Driver Shift Control (DSC) andattempting to shift to a gear notappropriate for the vehicle speedand engine revolutions per minute(rpm). See Manual Mode 0 204.

SHIFT TO PARK

This message displays when thetransmission needs to be shifted toP (Park). This may appear whenturning the ignition off if the vehicleis not in P (Park).



TRANSMISSION HOT — IDLEENGINE

This message displays and a chimesounds if the transmission fluid inthe vehicle gets hot. Driving with thetransmission fluid temperature highcan cause damage to the vehicle.Stop the vehicle and let it idle toallow the transmission to cool. Thismessage clears when the fluidtemperature reaches a safe level.

Vehicle ReminderMessages

ICE POSSIBLE DRIVEWITH CARE

This message displays when iceconditions are possible.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED

This message is displayed when thevehicle speed is greater than the setspeed. See "Speed Warning" underDriver Information Centre(DIC) 0 129.

Washer Fluid Messages

WASHER FLUID LOW ADDFLUID

This message may display when thewasher fluid level is low. Fill thewindscreen washer reservoir assoon as possible. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 255 forthe location of the windscreenwasher reservoir. Also, see WasherFluid 0 268.

VehiclePersonalisationUse the audio system controls toaccess the personalisation menusfor customising vehicle features.

The following are all possiblepersonalisation features. Dependingon the vehicle, some may not beavailable.

Infotainment System AudioSystem Controls

To access thepersonalisation menu:

1. Press SETTINGS on the Homepage on the infotainmentsystem display.

2. Press the desired feature todisplay a list of availableoptions.

3. Press to select the desiredfeature setting.

4. Press the [ Back screenbutton to return to theprevious menu.



Personalisation Menus

The following list of menu items maybe available:

. Time and Date

. Language (Language)

. Valet Mode

. Radio

. Vehicle

. Bluetooth

. Apple CarPlay

. Android Auto

. Voice

. Display

. Rear Camera

. Return to Factory Settings

. Software Information

Each menu is detailed in thefollowing information.

Time and Date

Manually set the time and date. SeeClock 0 106.

Language (Language)

Select Language, then select fromthe available language(s).

The selected language will displayon the system, and voicerecognition will reflect the selectedlanguage.

Valet Mode (If Equipped)

This will lock the infotainmentsystem and steering wheel controls.It may also limit access to vehiclestorage locations (if equipped).

To enable valet mode:

1. Enter a four-digit code on thekeypad.

2. Select Enter to go to theconfirmation screen.

3. Re-enter the four-digit code.

Press LOCK or UNLOCK to lock orunlock the system. Press Back to goback to the previous menu.

Radio

Press to display the Radio menuand the following may display:

. Manage Favourites

. Number of Favourites Shown

. Auto Volume

. Audible Touch Feedback

. Bose Audio Pilot

. Maximum Start-Up Volume

Manage Favourites

This allows favourites to be edited.See “Manage Favourites” in“Settings” under “Radio” in theinfotainment manual.

Number of Favourites Shown

Press to set the number offavourites to display.

Select the desired number or selectAuto and the infotainment systemwill automatically adjust the numberof favourites shown.

Auto Volume

This feature adjusts the volumebased on the vehicle speed.

Select Off, Low, Medium-Low,Medium, Medium-High, or High.



Audible Touch Feedback

This allows Audible TouchFeedback to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On.

Bose Audio Pilot

This feature adjusts the volumebased on the noise in the vehicle.See “Bose AudioPilot NoiseCompensation Technology” under“Infotainment System Settings” inthe infotainment manual.

Select Off or On.

Maximum Start-Up Volume

This feature sets the maximumstartup volume. If the vehicle isstarted and the volume is greaterthan this level, the volume isadjusted to this level. To set themaximum startup volume, press +or − to increase or decrease.

Vehicle

Select and the following maydisplay:

. Climate and Air Quality

. Collision/Detection Systems

. Comfort and Convenience

. Lighting

. Power Door Locks

. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start

Climate and Air Quality


. Auto Fan Max Speed

. Air Quality Sensor

. Auto Heated Seats

. Auto Demist

Auto Fan Max Speed

This feature will set the maximumauto fan speed.

Select Low, Medium, or High.

Air Quality Sensor

This allows for selection of airquality sensor operation at high orlow sensitivity.

Select Off, Low Sensitivity, or HighSensitivity.

Auto Heated Seats

When enabled, this feature willautomatically activate the heatedseats at the level required by theinterior temperature. The autoheated seats can be turned off byusing the heated seat buttons onthe centre console.

Select Off or On.

Auto Demist

When set to On, the front demist willautomatically react to temperatureand humidity conditions that maycause fogging.

Select Off or On.

Collision/Detection Systems

Select the Collision/DetectionSystems menu and the followingmay display:

. Alert Type

. Auto Collision Preparation

. Go Notifier

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

. Lane Change Alert



Alert Type

This feature will set crash alerts tobeeps or seat vibrations. Thissetting affects all crash alertsincluding:

. Forward Collision

. Lane Departure Warning

. Parking Assist

. Reversing Warning

Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.

Auto Collision Preparation

This feature will turn on or off theForward Collision Alert (FCA) andFront Automatic Braking (FAB). TheOff setting disables all FCA andFAB functions. With the Alert andBrake setting, both FCA and FABare available. The Alert settingdisables FAB, but some last-secondautomatic braking capability is stillprovided, though less likely to occur.See Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System 0 236.

Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert.

Go Notifier

This feature will give a reminder thatAdaptive Cruise Control provideswhen it has brought the vehicle to acomplete stop behind anotherstopping vehicle, and then thatvehicle drives on. See AdaptiveCruise Control 0 220

Select Off or On.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the Rear Cross TrafficAlert feature to be turned on or off.See Assistance Systems for Parkingor Reversing 0 228.

Select Off or On.

Lane Change Alert

This allows the Lane Change Alertfeature to be turned on or off. SeeLane Change Alert (LCA) 0 238

Select Off or On.

Comfort and Convenience


. Auto Memory Recall

. Easy Exit Options

. Chime Volume

. Reverse Tilt Mirror

. Auto Mirror Folding

. Rainsense Wipers

Auto Memory Recall

This feature automatically recallsthe current driver's previously stored1 or 2 button positions whenentering the vehicle. See MemorySeats 0 58.

Select Off, On - Driver Door Open,or On - At ignition On.

Easy Exit Options

This feature automatically recallsthe current driver's previously storedExit button position when exiting thevehicle. See Memory Seats 0 58.

Select Off or On.

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Press + or − to adjust the volume.



Reverse Tilt Mirror

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off.

Select Off, On - Driver andPassenger, On - Driver, or On -Passenger.

Auto Mirror Folding

When on, the outside rear-viewmirrors will automatically fold orunfold when the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter Q or Kbutton is pressed and held.

Select Off or On.

Rainsense Wipers

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off.

Select Off or On.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exteriorlamps and allows some of theexterior lamps and most of theinterior lamps to turn on briefly atnight when K on the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter ispressed to locate the vehicle.

Select Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.

Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60Seconds, or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

. Auto Door Lock

. Delayed Door Lock

Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable.

Select Off or On.

Auto Door Lock

When this feature is turned on, thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Select Off or On.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Select Off or On.

Remote Lock, Unlock, Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock



. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Remote Window Operation

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Select Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Cool Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn on the ventilatedseats when using remote start onwarm days.

Select Off or On.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn on the heated seatswhen using remote start oncold days.

Select Off or On.

Remote Window Operation

This allows the window to beopened when pressing K on theRKE transmitter. See RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 29.

Select Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thebutton on the driver door to unlockthe vehicle.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Passive Door Lock

This allows passive locking to beturned on or off and selectsfeedback. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.

Select Off, On with HornChirp, or On.

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle.

Select Off or On.

Bluetooth


. Pair New Device

. Device Management

. Ringtones

. Voice Mail Numbers

Pair New Device

Select to pair a new device. See“Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls”under “Bluetooth” in the infotainmentmanual.



Device Management

Select to connect to a differentphone source, disconnect a phone,or delete a phone.

Ringtones

Press to change the ring tone forthe specific phone. The phone doesnot need to be connected to changethe ring.

Voice Mail Numbers

This feature displays the voice mailnumber for all connected phones.To change the voice mail number,select EDIT or press the EDITbutton. Type a new number, thenselect SAVE or press the SAVEbutton.

Apple CarPlay™


. Apple CarPlay

. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Apple CarPlay

This feature allows Apple devices tobe connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.

Manage Apple CarPlay Devices

Select to manage Apple devices.Apple CarPlay must be on for thisfeature to be accessed.

Android Auto


. Android Auto

. Manage Android Auto Devices

Android Auto

This feature allows Android devicesto be connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.

Manage Android Auto Devices

Select to manage Android devices.Android Auto must be on for thisfeature to be accessed.

Voice


. Confidence Threshold

. Prompt Length

. Audio Feedback Speed

Confidence Threshold

This feature allows the adjustmentof the sensitivity of the speechrecognition system.

Select Confirm More orConfirm Less.

Prompt Length

This feature adjusts the voiceprompt length.

Select Short or Long.

Audio Feedback Speed

This feature adjusts the audiofeedback speed.

Select Slow, Medium, or Fast.



Display


. Mode

. Proximity Sensing

. Calibrate Touchscreen

. Turn Display Off

Mode

Select to change the display screenfor day or night driving.

Select Auto, Day, or Night.

Proximity Sensing

When on, certain screen buttonsand features will become visiblewhen a hand approaches thescreen.

Select Off, On, or On - Map Only.

Calibrate Touchscreen

Select to calibrate the touchscreen,then follow the prompts.

Turn Display Off

Select to turn the display off. Pressanywhere on the display area or anyfaceplate button to turn thedisplay on.

Rear Camera


. Guidance Lines

. Rear Park Assist Symbols

Guidance Lines

Select to turn Off or On. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orReversing 0 228.

Rear Park Assist Symbols

Select to turn Off or On. SeeAssistance Systems for Parking orReversing 0 228.

Return to Factory Settings


. Restore Vehicle Settings

. Clear All Private Data

. Restore Radio Settings

Restore Vehicle Settings

This allows selection of restoringvehicle settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Clear All Private Data

This allows selection to clear allprivate information from the vehicle.

Select Delete or Cancel.

Restore Radio Settings

This allows selection to restoreradio settings.

Select Restore or Cancel.

Software Information

Select to view the infotainmentsystem current software information.


154 Lighting

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 154Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Headlamp Main/Dipped-BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Automatic HeadlampSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Hazard Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Rear Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Interior LightingInstrument Panel IlluminationControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Battery Load Management . . . 161Battery Power Protection . . . . . 161Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

Turn the control to the followingpositions:

O (Off) : Turns off the exteriorlamps. The knob returns to theAUTO position after it is released.Turn to O again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

AUTO (Automatic) : Automaticallyturns the exterior lamps on and off,depending on outside lighting.

; (Parking Lamps) : Turns on theparking lamps including all lamps,except the headlamps.


Lighting 155

2 (Headlamps) : Turns on theheadlamps together with the parkinglamps and instrument panel lights.

IntelliBeam® System

If equipped, this system turns thevehicle's main beam headlamps onand off according to surroundingtraffic conditions.

The system turns the main beamheadlamps on when it is darkenough and there is no other trafficpresent.

This light comes on in theinstrument cluster when theIntelliBeam system is enabled.

Turning On and EnablingIntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system,with the indicator lever in the neutralposition, turn the exterior lamp

control to AUTO. The blue mainbeam on light appears on theinstrument cluster when the mainbeams are on.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the mainbeams when driving over 40 km/h(25 mph).

There is a sensor near the topcentre of the windscreen, whichautomatically controls the system.Keep this area of the windscreenclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

The main beam headlamps remainon, under the automatic control,until one of the following situationsoccurs:

. The system detects anapproaching vehicle'sheadlamps.

. The system detects a precedingvehicle's tail lamps.

. The outside light is brightenough that main beamheadlamps are not required.

. The vehicle's speed drops below20 km/h (12 mph).

. The indicator lever is movedforward to the main beamposition or the Flash-to-Passfeature is used. See HeadlampMain/dipped beam Changer0 156 and Flash-to-Pass 0 156.

. The IntelliBeam system can bedisabled by the Main/dippedbeam Changer or theFlash-to-Pass feature. If thishappens, the Main/Dipped-beamChanger must be activated twotimes within two seconds toreactivate the IntelliBeamsystem. The instrument clusterlight will come on to indicate theIntelliBeam is reactivated.

The main beams may not turn offautomatically if the system cannotdetect other vehicle's lampsbecause of any of the following:

. The other vehicle's lamp(s) aremissing, damaged, obstructedfrom view, or otherwiseundetected.


156 Lighting

. The other vehicle's lamp(s) arecovered with dirt, snow, and/orroad spray.

. The other vehicle's lamp(s)cannot be detected due to denseexhaust, smoke, fog, snow, roadspray, mist, or other airborneobstructions.

. Your vehicle's windscreen isdirty, cracked, or obstructed bysomething that blocks the viewof the light sensor.

. Your vehicle's windscreen iscovered with ice, dirt, haze,or other obstructions.

. Your vehicle is loaded such thatthe front end points upward,causing the light sensor to aimhigh and not detect headlampsand tail lamps.

. You are driving on winding orhilly roads.

You may need to manually disableor cancel the main beam headlampsby turning the dipped beamheadlamps on, if any of the aboveconditions exist.

Exterior Lamps OffReminderA warning chime will sound if theexterior lamp control is left on ineither the headlight or parking lightposition and the driver door isopened with the ignition off.

Headlamp Main/Dipped-Beam Changer23 (Headlamp Main/Dipped-Beam Changer) : Push theindicator lever away from you andrelease, to turn the main beams on.To return to dipped beams, push thestalk again or pull it toward you andrelease.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassThis feature allows the main-beamheadlights to be used to signal thedriver in front of you that you wantto pass.

Pull and hold the indicator levertoward you to use this feature.When this is done the following willoccur:

. If the headlights are off or indipped-beam mode, themain-beam headlights will turnon. They will stay on as long asthe lever is held there. Releasethe lever to turn them off.

. If the headlamps are inmain-beam mode, they will go todipped beam.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day.


Lighting 157

The dedicated DRL will come onwhen all of the following conditionsare met:

. The ignition is on.

. The exterior lamp control isin AUTO.

. The light sensor determines it isdaytime.

. The parking brake is released orthe vehicle is not in P (Park).

The tail lamps, instrument panellights, and other lamps will notbe on.

The DRL turn off when theheadlamps are turned to; or theignition is off.

Automatic HeadlampSystemWhen the exterior lamp control isset to AUTO and it is dark enoughoutside, the headlamps come onautomatically.

If equipped, the light sensor is ontop of the instrument panel or on thewindscreen near the rearview mirror.Do not cover the sensor; otherwisethe headlamps will come on whenthey are not needed.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

If the vehicle is started in a darkgarage, the automatic headlampsystem comes on immediately. If itis light outside when the vehicleleaves the garage, there is a slightdelay before the automatic headlightsystem turns off the headlights.During that delay, the instrument

cluster may not be as bright asusual. Make sure the instrumentpanel brightness control is in the fullbright position. See InstrumentPanel Illumination Control 0 159.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlights will turn off and theDaytime Running Lamps (DRL) willturn on.

The automatic headlamp systemturns off when the exterior lampcontrol is turned to O or the ignitionis off.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windscreen wipers areactivated in daylight with the engineon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lampscome on. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers arenot operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control to Oor; to disable this feature.


158 Lighting

Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL)On vehicles with the AFL system,the headlamps pivot horizontally toprovide greater road illuminationwhile turning. To enable AFL, setthe exterior lamp control on theindicator lever to the AUTO position.Moving the control out of the AUTOposition will deactivate the system.AFL will operate when the vehiclespeed is greater than 3 km/h(2 mph). AFL will not operate whenthe transmission is in R (Reverse).AFL is not immediately operableafter starting the vehicle; driving ashort distance is required tocalibrate the AFL. See ExteriorLamp Controls 0 154.

Hazard Lights

| (Hazard Warning Indicators) :Press and hold this button forone second to make the front andrear indicator lamps flash on andoff. Release the button for at leastone second and press again to turnthe flashers off.

The hazard warning flashers turn onautomatically if the airbags deploy.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterflashes in the direction of the turn orlane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is completed. If the lever isbriefly pressed and released, theindicator flashes three times.


Lighting 159

The indicator and lane-changesignal can be turned off manually bymoving the lever back to its originalposition.

If after signalling a turn or lanechange, the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmight be burned out.

Replace any burned out bulbs. If abulb is not burned out, check thefuse. See Fuses and CircuitBreakers 0 278.

Rear Fog Lamps

The rear fog lamp control is on theindicator lever.

s (Rear Fog Lamps) : Turn the foglamp band on the stalk to s andrelease it, to turn the rear fog lampson or off. The band will return to itsoriginal position.

The parking lights and headlightsmust be on for the rear fog lampsto work.

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentpanel lighting and steering wheelcontrols can be adjusted.

D (Instrument PanelIllumination) : Move thethumbwheel up or down to brightenor dim the lights.

The brightness of the displaysautomatically adjusts based onoutdoor lighting. The instrumentpanel illumination control will set thelowest level to which the displayswill automatically be adjusted.


160 Lighting

Dome Lamps

To change the dome lamp settings,press the following:

OFF : Turns the lamp off, evenwhen a door is open.

DOOR : The lamp comes on whena door is opened.

ON : Turns the lamp on.

Reading LampsThere are front and rear readinglamps on the overhead console andover the rear passenger doors.These lamps come on when anydoor is opened.

To manually turn the reading lampson or off:

Pressm orn next to eachoverhead console reading lamp.

Press the lamp lenses over the rearpassenger doors.

Lighting Features

Entry LightingThe headlamps, tail lamps, numberplate lamps, dome lamps, and mostof the interior lights turn on briefly atnight when K is pressed on theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. See Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.After about 30 seconds the exteriorlamps turn off, then the dome andremaining interior lamps dim to off.Entry lighting can be disabledmanually by changing the ignitionout of the OFF position, or bypressing Q on the RKE transmitter.

This feature can be turned on or off.See “Vehicle Locator Lights” underVehicle Personalisation 0 146.


Lighting 161

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps and interiorlights come on at night, or in areaswith limited lighting, when the driverdoor is opened after the ignition isturned off. The dome lamp comeson after the ignition is changed tothe OFF position. The exteriorlamps and interior light remain onfor a set amount of time, thenautomatically turn off.

The exterior lamps turn offimmediately by turning the exteriorlamp control off.

This feature can be changed. SeeVehicle Personalisation 0 146.

Battery LoadManagementThe vehicle has Electric PowerManagement (EPM), whichestimates the battery's temperatureand state of charge. It then adjuststhe voltage for best performanceand extended life of the battery.

When the battery's state of chargeis low, the voltage is raised slightlyto quickly bring the charge back up.

When the state of charge is high,the voltage is lowered slightly toprevent overcharging. If the vehiclehas a voltmeter gauge or a voltagedisplay on the Driver InformationCentre (DIC), you may see thevoltage move up or down. This isnormal. If there is a problem, analert will be displayed.

The battery can be discharged atidle if the electrical loads are veryhigh. This is true for all vehicles.This is because the generator(alternator) may not be spinning fastenough at idle to produce all thepower that is needed for very highelectrical loads.

A high electrical load occurs whenseveral of the following are on, suchas: headlamps, main beams, foglamps, rear window demister,climate control fan at high speed,heated seats, engine cooling fans,and loads plugged into accessorypower outlets.

EPM works to prevent excessivedischarge of the battery. It does thisby balancing the generator's outputand the vehicle's electrical needs.

It can increase engine idle speed togenerate more power, wheneverneeded. It can temporarily reducethe power demands of someaccessories.

Normally, these actions occur insteps or levels, without beingnoticeable. In rare cases at thehighest levels of corrective action,this action may be noticeable to thedriver. If so, a DIC message mightbe displayed. If a battery messageis displayed, it is recommended thatthe driver reduce the electrical loadsas much as possible. See DriverInformation Centre (DIC) 0 129.

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature isdesigned to protect the vehicle'sbattery.

If some interior lamps are left onand the ignition is turned off, thebattery rundown protection systemautomatically turns the lamp off aftersome time.


162 Lighting

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverIf the exterior lamps are left on, theyturn off when the ignition is turnedoff. If the parking lights are turnedon while the ignition is off, theparking lights remain on until theyare manually turned off.


Infotainment System 163

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionInfotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Performance DataRecorder (PDR)Performance DataRecorder (PDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Introduction

InfotainmentSee the infotainment manual forinformation on the radio, audioplayers, phone, navigation system,and voice or speech recognition.It also includes information onsettings.

Performance DataRecorder (PDR)If equipped, the PDR icon displayson the Home screen.

Important Information

Read before using PDR. All or someof the information may apply to yourcountry:

. Use of the Performance DataRecorder (PDR System) may beprohibited or legally restricted incertain countries and situations.It is your own responsibility toensure compliance withapplicable laws and regulations,including but not limited toprivacy laws, laws related tocamera surveillance andrecordings, road traffic andsecurity laws, and laws on theprotection of publicity andpersonality rights.


164 Infotainment System

. You are solely liable foroperation of your vehicle anduse of the PDR System,including all related legalresponsibilities. Use of the PDRSystem may be prohibited orlegally restricted in certaincountries and situations.Vehicles equipped with the PDRSystem are intended for use onprivate tracks only and mayunder local laws and regulationsbe restricted or completelyexcluded from use in areasaccessible by the public, suchas public roads. It is your ownresponsibility to ensurecompliance with applicable lawsand regulations, including butnot limited to privacy laws, lawsrelated to camera surveillanceand recordings, road traffic andsecurity laws, and laws on theprotection of publicity andpersonality rights. You may needa permit, license, or otherapproval from local authorities inorder to comply with applicablelaws and regulations.

. Do not use the PDR System ifthis could distract your attentionfrom traffic or entail other risks.

. Do not rely exclusively oncamera footage for steering thevehicle.

. Comply with any notice andconsent requirements beforecapturing and/or recording thevoices or images of otherpersons or collecting otherpersonal data with the PDRSystem.

. Notify other drivers of yourvehicle of the above rules andrequire them to complywith them.

. General Motors does not acceptany responsibility or liability inconnection with animpermissible use of the PDRSystem.

. Please note that lawenforcement authorities mayhave the right to seize videorecordings and use them as

evidence of criminal/drivingoffences against you or thirdparties.

. The PDR System captures andrecords any sound perceivablewithin the vehicle, including anyconversations among vehicleoccupants. Hidden recording ofconversations may be anoffence under certainjurisdictions. Therefore, allvehicle users and occupantsmust be informed about ongoingaudio recording upon activationof the PDR System.

The PDR records video, audio, andvehicle data. This data is stored ona removable SD card in theglovebox.

The recorded data is not storedanywhere else and is onlyaccessible from the SD card.

To begin, insert a FAT32 formattedSD card, Class 10 required, into theglove box SD card reader.

Press the PDR icon to access thePDR menu. The optionsdisplayed are:



Start Recording

If the system is unable to beginrecording, the Start Recordingbutton is greyed out.

Press the Start Recording button tobegin recording. After recordingbegins, this button changes to StopRecording. Press to stop therecording session.

The elapsed time will show whenrecording. To define a finish line,see “Define Finish Line” later in thissection.

If there is no available space on theSD card, a message displays.Delete or transfer recordings on theSD card or use another SD cardwith free space.

To delete a recording, go to theRecorded Sessions menu and pressz next to the item. See “RecordedSessions” later in this section.

If no SD card is inserted, a messagedisplays.

Define Finish Line

To track and record the vehicle's laptimes, the starting point of a lapmust be set. Crossing this pointactivates the lap timer whenrecording.



To set the finish line, position thevehicle with the front bumper at thestart/finish point. From the PDRmenu, press Define Finish Line andthen press Mark Fin Line. This canbe done with the vehicle moving.

Recorded Sessions

To view recorded videos, pressRecorded Sessions.

A list of recordings displays.

Select the recording to startplayback.

Press z next to an item to deletethat recording, Press Yes to deleteor No to cancel on the confirmationscreen. Press Dismiss to exit.

Video playback is not allowed whilethe vehicle is in motion.

Tap on the screen while the video isplaying to display the video controls:

Video Scrubber : Changes theposition and playback. The length ofthe bar corresponds to the time ofthe video. Advance or rewind thevideo by dragging along the bar.

Delete Recording : Press to deletethe video. A confirmation screendisplays. Press Yes to delete or Noto cancel.

Pause/Play : Press to play orpause the video. The button willchange when pressed.

Back : Press to display the previousscreen.

Exit : Press to exit the currentdisplay.

Choose Video Overlay

Press the Choose Video Overlayscreen button to display the menuscreen.

Select one:

. No Overlay

. Sport

. Track

. Performance Timing

No Overlay:

No vehicle data displays on top ofthe recorded video. Vehicle data isstill available with the video whenaccessed in the toolbox software.



Sport:

Displays these vehicle metrics:

. Vehicle Speed: Up to three digitsare displayed in km/h or MPHdepending on vehicle settings.

. Engine Rotations Per Minute(RPMs): The vertical line andtriangle show current RPMs. Asthe RPMs increase, the greenbackfill follows.

. Transmission State (CurrentGear): Automatic transmissionsdisplay PRDN. D can change toD1, D2, etc. When an automatictransmission is in manual shiftmode, the display will change toM1, M2, etc.

. Lateral G-Force Graphic: Leftand Right G-Forces aredisplayed. The graphic fills to theleft or the right depending on themeasure value. The measuredG-Force displays as a number atthe top of the graphic.

Track:


. Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport.

. GPS Tracking Map: Shows thevehicle's current position relativeto a known route.

. Engine Rotations Per Minute(RPMs): The vertical line andtriangle indicate current RPMs.As the RPMs increase, theorange backfill follows.

. Transmission State (CurrentGear): Same as Sport.

. Friction Bubble Graphic: Lateraland longitudinal G-Forces aredisplayed as a dot within abubble. A red dot displays whenthe vehicle starts braking andturns green when the vehicleaccelerates. The dot is whitewhen the vehicle is not moving.A white dot is the default.

. Brake and Throttle Graphic:Displays the percentage value ofbrake and throttle pedal positionfrom 0–100%.

. Steering Angle: The graphic fillsfrom the centre to the left or rightdepending on the direction ofsteering. The numerical steeringangle displays below thegraphic.

. StabiliTrak Active Indicator: Thegraphic only displays if theactive handling systems areactivated.



. Performance TractionManagement (PTM) Mode:Displays the current PTM mode.The options are Wet, Dry, Sport1, Sport 2, or Race.

. Current Lap Time: Displays theelapsed lap time if the finish lineis defined and the vehicle hascrossed the defined finish line atleast once.

Performance Timing:


. Vehicle Speed: Same as Sport.

. Engine Rotations Per Minute(RPMs): Same as Sport.

. Transmission State (CurrentGear): Same as Sport.

. 0–100 km/h (0–60 mph),0–200 km/h (0–100 mph), 400 m(1/4 mi), and 0–200–0 km/h(0–100–0 mph): The timer startsrecording as soon as the vehicleaccelerates. As the vehiclepasses each speed and distancemilestone, it is displayed on theoverlay.

. Throttle Position: Displaysthe percentage of throttle appliedfrom 0–100%.

. StabiliTrak Active Indicator: Thegraphic only displays if theactive handling systems areactivated.

Naming Convention

The recorded video file name isstored as the recorded date and thelength of the recording.

If the recorded session wasrecorded while the system was inValet Mode, the file name willdisplay the mode, date, and lengthof time.

Settings

Press the Settings button from thePDR menu to display settings.



Valet Mode Recording : Allowsrecording preferences to beselected. It is recommended that ablank SD card be used. Availablechoices are:

. Automatically record when inValet Mode: Enables the PDR tobegin recording as soon as thevehicle is in Valet Mode.

. Overwrite existing data whenmemory full: Allows manualoverwriting of previousrecordings, one at a time startingwith the oldest, when the currentrecording requires additionalstorage to continue.

Audio will not record duringValet Mode.

Software Information : DisplaysPDR software information andversion numbers.

Toolbox Software : Allows for theevaluation of the driver and thevehicle performance on a personalcomputer after a recorded event.See www.Cadillac.com to downloadthe software.


170 Climate Controls

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Rear Climate ControlSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

MaintenancePassenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Climate Control Systems

Dual Automatic Climate Control SystemThe climate control buttons and the touch screen are used to adjust theheating, cooling, and ventilation.

Climate Control Buttons


2. Fan Control

3. OFF (Fan)

4. Driver and Passenger Heatedand Ventilated Seats (IfEquipped)

5. Recirculation

6. Rear Window Demister

7. Defrost



Climate Controls 171

Climate Touch Screen Controls



3. Fan Control

4. SYNC (SynchronisedTemperature)

5. A/C Mode (Air Conditioning)

6. Climate Control Selection(Application Tray Button)

7. Rear (Rear Climate ControlTouch Screen)


Climate Control Touch Screen

The fan, air delivery mode, airconditioning, driver and passengertemperatures, and SYNC settingscan be controlled by pressingCLIMATE on the infotainment homescreen or the climate button in thetouch screen application tray.A selection can then be made onthe front climate control pagedisplayed. See the infotainmentmanual.

Climate Control Status Screen

The climate control status screenappears briefly when the climatecontrol buttons on the faceplate are

adjusted. The air delivery mode canbe adjusted on the climate controlstatus screen.

Climate Control Function WithStop/Start (If Equipped)

The climate control system dependson other vehicle systems for heatand power input. The climate controlsystem will balance stop/startefficiency with air conditioningcomfort and demist operation.Certain climate control settings canresult in fewer autostops.

The following are climate controlsettings that result in fewerautostops:

. The defrost mode.

. High fan speed settings.

. Extreme temperature settings.

For maximum air conditioningcomfort, use the stop/start disableswitch. See “Auto Engine Stop/Start” under Starting theEngine 0 196.



Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, and recirculation inorder to heat or cool the vehicle tothe desired temperature.

When the indicator light is on orAUTO is displayed on the touchscreen, the system is in fullautomatic operation. If the airdelivery mode or fan setting ismanually adjusted, the autoindicator turns off and the displaywill show the selected settings. Autooperation can be turned offindividually for climate settings.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. Allow thesystem time to stabilise. Thenadjust the temperature asneeded for best comfort.

To improve fuel efficiency and tocool the vehicle faster, recirculationmay be automatically selected inwarm weather. The recirculation

light will not come on. Press@ toselect recirculation; press it again toselect outside air.

English units can be changed tometric units through the instrumentcluster. See “Cluster Options Menu”under Instrument Cluster 0 111.

OFF (Fan) : Press to turn the fan onor off. The temperature control andair delivery mode can still beadjusted.

w /x (Driver and PassengerTemperature Controls) : Thetemperature can be adjustedseparately for the driver and thepassenger. Press to increase ordecrease the temperature. Pressand hold to rapidly increase ordecrease the temperature.

The driver and passengertemperatures can also be adjustedby pressing the controls on thetouch screen.

SYNC (SynchronisedTemperature) : Press SYNC on thetouch screen to link all climate zonesettings to the driver settings. Adjustthe driver side temperature control

to change the linked temperature.When the passenger settings areadjusted, the SYNC button isdisplayed when the temperaturesare unlinked.

Rear (If Equipped) : Press thisbutton on the front climate controltouch screen to open the rearclimate control screen. The rearclimate control settings can now beadjusted from the frontpassenger area.

Manual Operation

z9y (Fan Control) : Press thefan control buttons or the touchscreen fan control, to increase ordecrease the fan speed. Press andhold the buttons or the touch screencontrol to adjust speed morequickly. The fan speed settingdisplays. Pressing either buttoncancels automatic fan control andthe fan can be controlled manually.Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation. To turn off the fan andclimate control system, press andhold the fan down button or touchscreen fan control until it is off.



Air Delivery Mode Control : Whenthe climate information is displayed,press the desired air delivery modeon the touch screen to change thedirection of the airflow. The selectedair delivery mode button is lit.Pressing any of the air deliverybuttons cancels automatic airdelivery control and the direction ofthe airflow can be controlledmanually. Press AUTO to return toautomatic operation.

To change the current mode, selectone of the following:

Y (Vent) : Air is directed to theinstrument panel outlets.

\ (Bi-Level) : Air is dividedbetween the instrument paneloutlets and the floor outlets.

[ (Floor) : Air is directed to thefloor outlets.

- (Demist) : Clears the windows ofmist or moisture. Air is directed tothe windscreen and floor outlets.

0 (Defrost) : Clears thewindscreen of mist or frost morequickly. Air is directed to thewindscreen. Press the0 button to

turn on or off. Changing the airdelivery mode also turns thedefrost off.

A/C (Air Conditioning) : Press theAC Mode touch screen control toturn the automatic air conditioningon or off. If the fan is turned off, theair conditioner will not run. Outsidetemperatures below freezing mayalso prevent the air conditioner fromrunning.

Press AUTO to return to automaticoperation and the air conditionerruns as needed.

Automatic Air Recirculation :When the AUTO indicator light ison, the air is automaticallyrecirculated as needed to helpquickly cool the inside of thevehicle.

The climate control system mayhave a sensor to detect air pollution.When using automatic airrecirculation, the air quality controlsystem may operate. To adjust thesensitivity of the air quality sensor,see “Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalisation 0 146.

@ (Recirculation) : Press toalternate between recirculating airinside the vehicle or pulling inoutside air. The indicator light on thebutton is lit when recirculation modeis active. This helps to quickly coolthe air inside the vehicle or reducethe outside air and odours thatmight enter.

Pressing this button cancelsautomatic recirculation. Press AUTOto return to automatic operation;recirculation runs automatically asneeded.

Manual recirculation mode is notavailable when in Defrost or Defogmodes.

Auto Defog : The climate controlsystem may have a sensor toautomatically detect high humidityinside the vehicle. When highhumidity is detected, the climatecontrol system may adjust tooutside air supply and turn on theair conditioner. If the climate controlsystem does not detect possiblewindow misting, it returns to normaloperation. To turn Auto Demist



off or on, see "Climate and AirQuality" under VehiclePersonalisation 0 146.

Rear Window Demister

= (Rear Window Demister) :Press to turn the rear windowdemister on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window demister is on.

The rear window demister can beset to automatic operation. See“Climate and Air Quality” underVehicle Personalisation 0 146.When Auto Rear Demist is selected,the rear window demist turns onautomatically when the interiortemperature is about 4 °C (40 °F)and below.

The upper gridlines on the rearwindow are aerial lines and are notintended to heat when the demisteris activated.

The heated outside rearview mirrorsturn on when the rear windowdemister button is on and help toclear mist or frost from the surfaceof the mirrors.

Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windscreen and rear windowwith a razor blade or anythingelse that is sharp. This maydamage the rear window demistergrid and affect the radio's abilityto pick up stations clearly. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Driver and Passenger Heated andVentilated Seats (If Equipped) :Press J or z to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion andbackrest.

Press C or { to ventilate the driveror passenger seat.

The vehicle also has auto heatedseats that turn on when the vehicleis on. The seats will activate at thelevel required by the vehicle'sinterior temperature. To turn off,press J or z. The auto heatedseats can be turned on or off. SeeVehicle Personalisation 0 146 andHeated and Ventilated Seats 0 14.

Remote Start Climate ControlOperation : If equipped with theremote start feature, the climatecontrol system may run when thevehicle is started remotely. Thesystem uses the driver's previoussettings to heat or cool the inside ofthe vehicle. The rear demist maycome on during remote start basedon cold ambient conditions. Therear demist indicator light does notcome on during a remote start.If equipped with heated or ventilatedseats, they may come on during aremote start. See Remote VehicleStart 0 34 and Heated andVentilated Seats 0 14.



Sensor

The solar sensor, on top of theinstrument panel near thewindscreen, monitors the solar heat.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

If the sensor is covered, theautomatic climate control systemmay not work properly.

Air Quality Sensor

If equipped with an air qualitysensor, the climate control systemadjusts to limit some exhaust fumesfrom being pulled inside the vehicle.

Press the AUTO button on theclimate control to activate the airquality sensor. Recirculation isautomatically selected when poorquality air is detected. The airquality sensor will not maintainrecirculation for an extended periodto prevent the air inside the vehiclefrom becoming too dry or stuffy.

Under certain conditions, the airquality sensor will not activate, suchas during cold weather or withextreme odours. Press@ toactivate recirculation.

The air quality sensor system doesnot protect against carbon monoxide(CO), which you cannot see orsmell. See Engine Exhaust 0 201.The air quality sensor operation canbe adjusted, See “Climate and AirQuality” under VehiclePersonalisation 0 146.

Rear Climate ControlSystemIf equipped, the rear climate controlsystem is on the rear of the centreconsole. The settings can beadjusted with the rear climatecontrol buttons and the touchscreen.

Rear Climate Control Buttons

1. Heated Rear Seats (IfEquipped)


3. Temperature Control

4. O (On/Off)



5. MODE (Air Delivery ModeControl)

Rear Climate Touch ScreenControls


2. Rear Climate TemperatureControl

3. SYNC (SynchronisedTemperatures)

4. REAR O (On/Off)

5. Rear AUTO (AutomaticOperation)

6. Front (Front Climate ControlTouch Screen)

7. Rear Control Lockout


Rear : Press this button on the frontclimate control touch screen to openthe rear climate control screen. Therear climate control settings cannow be adjusted from the frontpassenger area.

O (On/Off) : Press the O button orREAR O on the touch screen to turnthe rear climate control on or off.If the rear climate control is turnedoff using REAR O on the touchscreen, the rear climate controlbuttons must be pressed twice toturn the system back on. Press Oon the rear climate control faceplateand within five seconds press theMODE or temperature buttons onthe faceplate.

SYNC : Press SYNC on the touchscreen to match the rear climatecontrol temperature to the frontclimate control driver temperature.

The SYNC button will be lit. Pressthe TEMP, MODE, or AUTO buttontwice to unlink the set driver andrear temperatures. The SYNCbutton turns off.

Rear Control Lockout : Press tolock or unlock control of the rearclimate control system from the rearseat passengers. When locked, therear climate control can only beadjusted from the front seat.

Automatic Operation

Rear AUTO : Press to turn on or off.The air delivery is controlledautomatically. The AUTO indicatorappears on the display. If the MODEsetting is manually adjusted, thiscancels full automatic operation.

Manual Operation

SA T (Fan Control) : Press orpress and hold the front climatecontrol buttons or touch screen toincrease or decrease the rearclimate airflow.



+/- (Temperature Control) : Pressor press and hold the reartemperature control buttons or touchscreen to adjust the rear passengertemperature. Press + for warmer airand press - for cooler air.

Y/[/\(Air Delivery ModeControl) : Press the desired modebutton on the touch screen or theMODE button on the rear faceplateto change the direction of the airflowin the rear seating area.

M or L (Heated Rear Seats, IfEquipped) : Press M or L to heatthe left or right outboard seatcushion and seatback. See HeatedRear Seats 0 63.

Air VentsAdjustable air vents are in thecentre and on the side of theinstrument panel.

1. Thumbwheel2. Slider Knob

Use the thumbwheels (1) near theair vents to open or close off theairflow.

Move the slider knobs (2) to changethe direction of the airflow.

Additional air vents are beneath thewindscreen and the driver andpassenger side door windows.These are fixed and cannot beadjusted.

Operation Tips

. Clear away any ice, snow,or leaves from air inlets at thebase of the windscreen thatcould block the flow of air intothe vehicle.



. Keep the path under the frontseats clear of objects to helpcirculate the air inside of thevehicle more effectively.

. Use of non-GM approved bonnetair flow deflectors can adverselyaffect the performance of thesystem. Check with your dealerbefore adding equipment to theoutside of the vehicle.

. Do not attach any devices to theair vent slats. This restrictsairflow and may cause damageto the air vents.

Maintenance

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter removes dust, pollen, andother airborne irritants from outsideair that is pulled into the vehicle.The filter should be replaced as partof routine scheduled maintenance.See Scheduled Maintenance 0 325.

See your dealer regardingreplacement of the filter.

ServiceThis vehicle may have the newenvironmentally friendly refrigerant,R1234yf. This refrigerant has asignificantly reduced global warmingimpact on the environment,compared to the traditionalautomotive refrigerant, R-134a. Allvehicles have a label under bonnetthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle.

The refrigerant system should onlybe serviced by trained and certifiedtechnicians. The air conditioningevaporator should never be repairedor replaced by one from a salvagevehicle. It should only be replacedby a new evaporator to ensureproper and safe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerantsdirectly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.


Driving and Operating 179

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDistracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 181Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 182Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Track Events and CompetitiveDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 187Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 188Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 189Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Run-In . . . . . . . . . . 194Carbon Fibre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 196Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Parking over ThingsThat Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Engine ExhaustEngine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Automatic TransmissionAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 202Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

BrakesAntilock BrakeSystem (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 207Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 211Competitive Driving Mode . . . . 214Limited-Slip Differential(Except V-Series) . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Limited-Slip Differential(V-Series Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 220

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . 227Assistance Systems forParking or Reversing . . . . . . . . 228

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Front Automatic Braking (FAB)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 238Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . 240

FuelFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245


180 Driving and Operating

Trailer TowingGeneral TowingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Driving Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Trailer Towing (Saloon L4Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Trailer Towing (Saloon V6 andV-Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Towing Equipment (SedanWith L4 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Towing Equipment (SaloonV6 and V-Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On ElectricalEquipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Driving Information

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgement and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, alwayskeep your eyes on the road, handson the wheel, and mind on the drive.

. Do not use a phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on phones or otherelectronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favourite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a mobilephone.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.



See the infotainment manual forinformation on that system or thenavigation system, if equipped,including pairing and using a mobilephone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe safety belt. See SafetyBelts 0 64.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.

If the engine ever stops while thevehicle is being driven, brakenormally but do not pump thebrakes. Doing so could make thepedal harder to push down. If theengine stops, there will be somepower brake assist but it will beused when the brake is applied.

Once the power assist is used up, itcan take longer to stop and thebrake pedal will be harder to push.

Steering

Variable Effort Steering

Some vehicles have a steeringsystem that varies the amount ofeffort required to steer the vehicle inrelation to the speed of the vehicle.

The amount of steering effortrequired is less at slower speeds tomake the vehicle moremanoeuvrable and easier to park. Atfaster speeds, the steering effortincreases to provide a sport-like feelto the steering. This providesmaximum control and stability.

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.



If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort. See your dealer ifthere is a problem.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

If steering assist is used for anextended period of time, powerassist may be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See specific vehicle steeringmessages under VehicleMessages 0 134.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Bend Tips. Take bends at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before enteringa bend.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the bend.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe bend before acceleratinggently into the straight.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.

. Holding both sides of thesteering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. Antilock Brake System (ABS)allows steering while braking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tyre contacts thepavement edge.



3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid - wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid - toomuch speed or steering in abend causes tyres to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid - too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.

The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognise warning clues - suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface - and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speedby shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tyres to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Track Events andCompetitive DrivingTrack events and competitivedriving may affect the vehiclewarranty. See the warranty manualbefore using the vehicle forcompetitive driving.

Caution

If the vehicle is used for trackevents and competitive driving,the engine may use more oil thanit would with normal use. Low oillevels can damage the engine.Check the oil level often andmaintain the proper level. SeeEngine Oil 0 258.

Axle Fluid

Axles must have 885 km (500 mi)before being used in track driving.

The front, if equipped with AWD,and rear axle fluid temperaturesmay be higher than when driving insevere conditions. Drain and refillwith new fluid after the first racing orcompetitive driving event, and then



after every 24 hours of racing orcompetitive driving. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 328.

Caution

During a first time track or racingevent, high axle temperatures canoccur. Damage could be causedto the axle and would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Do not drive as long or as fast thefirst time the vehicle is driven onthe track or raced.

Engine Oil

2.0L (LTG) Engine

This is not available with a trackpackage option and is notrecommended for track use.

6.2L Supercharged (LT4) Engine

Change the engine oil to 0W-40 or5W-40 that meets the dexos2™specification. If this oil is notavailable, the following oils can beused as an alternative: Valvoline®

SYNPOWER MST 5W-40, Mobil® 1ESP Formula M 5W-40. SeeCapacities and Specifications 0 333.

This requires premium fuel, andcomes standard with a 10 qt sump,air/oil separator, integrated oilcooler, and other powertrain andpowertrain cooling components inpreparation for track use.

Check the oil level often during trackevents and competitive driving andkeep the oil level at or near theupper mark.

Brake Fluid

For track events and competitivedriving, it is recommended that thebrake fluid be replaced with a highperformance brake fluid that has adry boiling point greater than 279 °C(534 °F). After conversion to thehigh performance brake fluid, followthe brake fluid servicerecommendations outlined by thefluid manufacturer. Do not usesilicone or DOT-5 brake fluids.

Caution

Removing the splash shield candegrade wet brakingperformance, as well as introducebrake pedal pulsation, due tobrake disc exposure to roaddebris. Only remove the frontbrake disc splash shield and fronttyre deflector when driving intrack events.

Brake cooling can be improved ifthe front brake disc splash shieldand front tyre deflector are removed.Removing the shield will require thatthe suspension bushings visible tothe brake disc be protected withinsulated thermal wrapping.

Brake Burnishing

To prepare the V-Sport and V-Seriesbrake systems for track events andracing, complete the appropriatehigh performance brake burnishingprocedure described below.



V-Sport and V-Series BrakeBurnishing

New brake pads must be burnishedbefore racing or other competitivedriving.

Caution

These procedures are specific tothe V-Sport and V-Series brakepackage. This procedure shouldnot be run on other models asdamage may result.

Caution

The new vehicle running-in periodshould be completed beforeperforming the brake burnishingprocedure or damage may occurto the powertrain/engine. SeeNew Vehicle Run-In 0 194.

When performed as instructed, thisprocedure will not damage thebrakes. During the burnishingprocedure, the brake pads willsmoke and produce an odour. The

braking force and pedal travel mayincrease. After the procedure iscomplete, the brake pads mayappear white at the rotor contact.

Run this procedure in a safemanner and in compliance with alllocal and state ordinances/lawsregarding motor vehicle operation.Run this procedure only on drypavement.

Racing/Track Brake BurnishingProcedure

Caution

Brake pedal fade will occur duringthis track burnish procedure andcan cause brake pedal travel andforce to increase. This couldextend stopping distance until thebrakes are fully burnished.

1. Apply the brakes 25 timesstarting at 100 km/h (60 mph)to 50 km/h (30 mph) whiledecelerating at 0.4 g. This is amedium brake application.Drive for at least 1 km (0.6 mi)between applying the brakes.

This first step may be skippedif there are more than 320 km(200 mi) on the brake pads.

2. Repeatedly apply the brakesfrom 100 km/h (60 mph) to25 km/h (15 mph) whiledecelerating at 0.8 g. This is ahard brake application, withoutactivating the Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS). Drive for atleast 1 km (0.6 mi) betweenstops. Repeat until the brakepedal travel starts to increase.Depending on conditions, thisshould take no longer than 25brake applications.

3. Cool down: Drive at 100 km/h(60 mph) for approximately15 km (10 mi) without using thebrakes.

4. Apply the brakes 25 times from100 km/h (60 mph) to 50 km/h(30 mph) while decelerating at0.4 g. This is a medium brakeapplication. Drive for at least1 km (0.6 mi) betweenapplications.



Brake Cooling

On V-Series, remove front tyredeflectors if equipped, before trackdriving for optimised brake cooling.

Wheel Alignment (V-Series Only)

Wheel alignment suggested specsfor track use:

. Front: -2.0 deg camber, 0.2 degtotal toe

. Rear: -1.7 deg camber, 0.2 degtotal toe

V-Series Vehicles Equippedwith the Original EquipmentTyres

Follow the requirements andrecommendations for tyre inflationpressures while driving on varioustypes of tracks. This helps toachieve a well-balanced vehicle andenhance tyre traction performance.Use good judgement to determinethe appropriate inflation pressureand speeds for the trackconfiguration and environmentalconditions. Contact the tyremanufacturer if further assistance isneeded.

Inflation Pressure Guidelines

Tyre pressures affect vehiclehandling and tyre life, and should beadjusted for various types of trackcourses. Inspect the tyres prior toevery track session. Track drivingwill reduce the tyre tread life.

{ Warning

Operating the vehicle at highspeeds can be dangerous.Improper tyre inflation pressurecan put additional strain on thetyres and can cause a suddenfailure. Make sure the tyres are inexcellent condition, and use thecorrect cold tyre inflation pressurefor the vehicle load and track orcourse.

{ Warning

Track courses put high loads ontyres operating at high speed,which can lead to tyre failure ifnot inflated properly.

Tracks with Sustained High-SpeedOperation on Banked Turns

(e.g., Daytona InternationalSpeedway, Indianapolis MotorSpeedway, or similar)

Load Limit: Limit the vehicle to thedriver and one passenger, with noadditional cargo.

Tyre Pressure Requirement: Inflatetyres to no less than 300 kPa(44 psi) cold.

Tracks with Combined High-Speedand High-Load Corners

(e.g., Nurburgring Nordschliefe, SpaFrancorchamps, or similar)


Tyre Pressure Requirement: Inflatetyres to no less than 260 kPa(38 psi) cold and limit to 230 km/h(143 mph) until 290 kPa (42 psi) isreached.



Road/Street Courses

(e.g., Virginia InternationalRaceway, Road Atlanta, or similar)


Tyre Pressure Recommendation:

Hot: Target hot tyre pressures to270-280 kPa (39-41 psi). This is thestable tyre pressure reached afterapproximately 15 minutes ofoperation at maximum driver effort.

Cold: This value will vary based ondriving style, track, temperature, andweather conditions.

Return the tyres to therecommended cold tyre inflationpressure when high-speed drivinghas ended. See Vehicle Load Limits0 190 and Tyre Pressure 0 289.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these types

of driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Aquaplaning

Aquaplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'styres so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle isaquaplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule aboutaquaplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Overtake with caution.

. Keep windscreen wipingequipment in good condition.

. Keep the windscreen washerfluid reservoir filled.

. Have good tyres with propertread depth. See Tyres 0 286.

. Turn off cruise control.



Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tyres, cooling system, andtransmission.

. Shift to a lower gear when goingdown steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Using the brakes to slow thevehicle on a long downhill slopecan cause brake overheating, canreduce brake performance, andcould result in a loss of braking.Shift the transmission to a lowergear to let the engine assist thebrakes on a steep downhill slope.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the ignition off isdangerous. This can causeoverheating of the brakes andloss of steering. Always have theengine running and the vehiclein gear.

. Drive at speeds that keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecentre line.

. Be alert on top of hills;something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, accident).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long gradients,overtaking or no-overtakingzones) and take appropriateaction.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tyres andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) whenfreezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For slippery road driving:

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tyres slick.

. Turn on Traction Control. SeeTraction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 209.

. Antilock Brake System (ABS)improves vehicle stability duringhard stops, but the brakesshould be applied sooner thanwhen on dry pavement. SeeAntilock Brake System(ABS) 0 206.

See Driver Mode Control 0 211



. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmanoeuvres and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

Blizzard Conditions

Stay with the vehicle unless there ishelp nearby. Get help and keepeveryone in the vehicle safe:


. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

{ Warning

Snow can trap engine exhaustunder the vehicle. This maycause exhaust gases to getinside. Engine exhaust contains

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

carbon monoxide (CO), whichcannot be seen or smelled. It cancause unconsciousness and evendeath.

If the vehicle is stuck in snow:

. Clear snow from the base ofthe vehicle, especially anyblocking the exhaust pipe.

. Open a window about 5 cm(2 in) on the vehicle sidethat is away from the wind,to bring in fresh air.


. Adjust the climate controlsystem to circulate the airinside the vehicle and setthe fan speed to the highestsetting. See “ClimateControl Systems.”

For more information about CO,see Engine Exhaust 0 201.

To save fuel, run the engine forshort periods to warm the vehicleand then shut the engine off andpartially close the window. Movingabout to keep warm also helps.

If it takes time for help to arrive,when running the engine, push theaccelerator pedal slightly so theengine runs faster than the idlespeed. This keeps the batterycharged to restart the vehicle and tosignal for help with the headlamps.Do this as little as possible, tosave fuel.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

If stuck too severely for the tractionsystem to free the vehicle, turn thetraction system off and use therocking method. See TractionControl/Electronic StabilityControl 0 209.



{ Warning

If the vehicle's tyres spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anengine compartment fire or otherdamage. Spin the wheels as littleas possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off any tractionsystem. Shift back and forthbetween R (Reverse) and a lowforward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. To preventtransmission wear, wait until thewheels stop spinning before shiftinggears. Release the acceleratorpedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedal

when the transmission is in gear.Slowly spinning the wheels in theforward and reverse directionscauses a rocking motion that couldfree the vehicle. If that does not getthe vehicle out after a few tries, itmight need to be towed out. If thevehicle does need to be towed out,see Towing the Vehicle 0 312.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnon-factory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry, the Tyre andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tyres, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.



Tyre and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tyre andLoading Information label isattached to the vehicle's centrepillar (B-pillar). The Tyre andLoading Information label showsthe size of the original tyres andthe recommended cold tyreinflation pressures. For moreinformation on tyres andinflation, see Tyres 0 286 andTyre Pressure 0 289.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certificationlabel. It may show the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for the front andrear axle. See “CertificationLabel” later in this section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–1. Locate the statement “The

combined weight ofoccupants and cargo should

never exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs.” on your vehicle'splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the“XXX” amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)



5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred toyour vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

See Trailer Towing (Saloon L4Engine) 0 248 or Trailer Towing(Saloon V6 and V-Series) 0 249for important information ontowing a trailer, towing safetyrules, and trailering tips.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg(150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg(300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg(150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg(750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 113 kg (250 lbs).



Example 3


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 91 kg(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 0 kg (0 lbs).

The combined weight of thedriver, passengers, and cargoshould never exceed thevehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is attached to the vehicle'scentre pillar (B-pillar). The labelmay show the gross weightcapacity of the vehicle, calledthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The GVWR includesthe weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel, and cargo.

{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seatfolded down unlessneeded.



Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Run-InFollow these recommendedguidelines during the first 2,400 km(1,500 mi) of driving this vehicle.Parts have a running-in period andperformance will be better in thelong run.

For the first 2.400 km (1.500 mi):

. Avoid full throttle starts andabrupt stops.

. Do not exceed 4,000engine rpm.

. Avoid driving at any oneconstant speed, fast or slow.

. Avoid downshifting to brake orslow the vehicle when theengine speed will exceed4000 rpm.

. Do not let the engine labour.Never lug the engine in highgear at low speeds.

. Do not participate in trackevents, sport driving schools,or similar activities during thisrunning-in period.

. Check engine oil with everyrefuelling and add if necessary.Oil and fuel consumption may behigher than normal during thefirst 2,400 km (1,500 mi).

. To run in new tyres, drive atmoderate speeds and avoid hardcornering for the first 300 km(200 mi). New tyres do not havemaximum traction and may tendto slip.

. New brake linings also need arunning-in period. Avoid brakinghard during the first 300 km(200 mi). This is recommendedevery time brake linings arereplaced.

Carbon FibreThis vehicle may be equipped withcarbon fibre parts. Retailer-installedaccessories may also containcarbon fibre.

{ Warning

The exposed edges of carbonfibre parts can be sharp whendamaged. You or others could beinjured. Use caution whenwashing the vehicle, coming incontact with damaged carbonfibre parts, or removing theseparts. See your dealer forreplacement.

Ignition Positions



The vehicle has an electronickeyless ignition with pushbuttonstart.

Pressing the button cycles it throughthree modes: ACC/ACCESSORY,ON/RUN/START, and Stopping theEngine/OFF.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle forthe system to operate. If thepushbutton start is not working, thevehicle may be near a strong radioantenna signal causing interferenceto the Keyless Access system. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.

To shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be in ACC/ACCESSORY orON/RUN, and the brake pedal mustbe applied.

Stopping the Engine/OFF (NoIndicator Lights) : When thevehicle is stopped, press theENGINE START/STOP button onceto turn the engine off.

If the vehicle is in P (Park), theignition will turn off, and RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) will remainactive. See Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) 0 198.

If the vehicle is not in P (Park), theignition will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display amessage in the Driver InformationCentre (DIC). See TransmissionMessages 0 145. When the vehicleis shifted into P (Park), the ignitionsystem will switch to OFF.

The vehicle may have an electricsteering column lock. The lock isactivated when the vehicle isswitched to OFF and the driver dooris opened. A sound may be heardas the lock actuates or releases.The steering column lock may notrelease with the wheels turned offcentre. If this happens, the vehiclemay not start. Move the steeringwheel from left to right whileattempting to start the vehicle. If thisdoes not work, the vehicle needsservice.

Do not turn the engine off when thevehicle is moving. This will cause aloss of power assist in the brakeand steering systems and disablethe airbags.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shiftto P (Park) and turn the ignitionto OFF. On vehicles with anautomatic transmission, thegear lever must be in P (Park)to turn the ignition switch to theOFF position.

4. Apply the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 207.



{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may cause loss of powerassistance in the brake andsteering systems and disable theairbags. While driving, only shutthe vehicle off in an emergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for longer thantwo seconds, or press twice infive seconds.

ACC/ACCESSORY (AmberIndicator Light) : This mode allowsyou to use some electricalaccessories when the engine is off.

With the ignition off, pressing thebutton once without the brake pedalapplied will place the ignition systemin ACC/ACCESSORY.

The ignition will switch from ACC/ACCESSORY to OFF afterfive minutes to prevent batteryrundown.

ON/RUN/START (Green IndicatorLight) : This mode is for driving andstarting. With the ignition off, andthe brake pedal applied, pressingthe button once will place theignition system in ON/RUN/START.Once engine cranking begins,release the button. Engine crankingwill continue until the engine starts.See Starting the Engine 0 196. Theignition will then remain in ON/RUN.

Service Only Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of themalfunction indicator lamp as maybe required for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding the button formore than five seconds will placethe vehicle in Service Only Mode.The instruments and audio systemswill operate as they do in ON/RUN,but the vehicle will not be able to bedriven. The engine will not start inService Only Mode. Press thebutton again to turn the vehicle off.

Starting the EngineMove the shift lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). To restart the enginewhen the vehicle is already moving,use N (Neutral) only.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) ifthe vehicle is moving. If you do,you could damage thetransmission. Shift to P (Park)only when the vehicle is stopped.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the engine operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 250.



Starting Procedure

1. With the Keyless Accesssystem, the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter mustbe in the vehicle. Press theENGINE START/STOP button,if equipped, with the brakepedal applied. When theengine begins cranking, let goof the button.

The idle speed will go down asthe engine gets warm. Do notrace the engine immediatelyafter starting it.

If the RKE transmitter is not inthe vehicle, if there isinterference, or the RKEbattery is low, a DriverInformation Centre (DIC) willdisplay a message. See Keyand Lock Messages 0 138 andRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 29.

Caution

Cranking the engine for longperiods of time, by returning theignition to the START positionimmediately after cranking hasended, can overheat and damagethe cranking motor, and drain thebattery. Wait at least 15 secondsbetween each try, to let thecranking motor cool down.

2. If the engine does not startafter five to 10 seconds,especially in very cold weather(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it couldbe flooded with too muchpetrol. Try pushing theaccelerator pedal all the way tothe floor and holding it there asyou press the ENGINE START/STOP button, if equipped. Waitat least 15 seconds betweeneach try, to allow the crankingmotor to cool down. When theengine starts, release theaccelerator. If the vehicle startsbriefly but then stops again, dothe same thing. This clears the

extra petrol from the engine.Do not race the engineimmediately after starting it.Operate the engine andtransmission gently until the oilwarms up and lubricates allmoving parts.

Stop/Start System

{ Warning

Exiting the vehicle without firstshifting into P (Park) may causethe vehicle to move. You or othersmay be injured. Because thevehicle has the auto engine stop/start feature, the vehicle's enginemight seem to be shut off;however, once the brake pedal isreleased, the engine will start upagain.

Shift to P (Park) and turn theignition to LOCK/OFF, beforeexiting the vehicle.



If equipped with the 2.0L L4 engine,the vehicle has a fuel saving stop/start system to shut off the engine tohelp conserve fuel.

Auto Engine Stop/Start

When the brakes are applied andthe vehicle is at a complete stop,the engine may turn off. Whenstopped, the tachometer displaysAUTO STOP. See Rev Counter0 115. When the brake pedal isreleased or the accelerator pedalpushed, the engine will restart.

Auto Stop may be deactivated if:

. A minimum vehicle speed is notreached.

. The engine or transmission isnot at the required operatingtemperature.

. The outside temperature is notin the required operating range.Typically below −10 °C (14 °F)or above 50 °C (122 °F).

. The gear lever is in any gearother than D (Drive).

. The battery has been recentlydisconnected.

. The battery charge is low.

. The interior comfort level has notreached the required level forthe climate control system ordemist settings. See DualAutomatic Climate ControlSystem 0 170.

. The Auto Stop time is greaterthan two minutes.

The automatic engine stop/startfunction can be disabled using theswitch to the left of the infotainmentdisplay. The indicator on the switchwill illuminate when the system isoperational.

Whenh comes on green in theinstrument cluster, the system isactive. The system is not activewhen it comes on white with a slashthrough it.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)These vehicle accessories can beused for up to 10 minutes after theengine is turned off:

. Audio System

. Power Windows

. Sunroof (if equipped)

Power to the audio system will workup to 10 minutes or until the driverdoor is opened. Power to thewindows or sunroof will work up to10 minutes or until any door isopened.

Shifting Into ParkTo shift into P (Park):

1. Hold the brake pedal down andset the parking brake.



See Electric ParkingBrake 0 207.

2. Move the shift lever intoP (Park) by holding in thebutton on the shift lever andpushing the lever all the waytoward the front of the vehicle.

3. Turn the ignition off.

4. Take the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter with you.

Leaving the Vehicle with theEngine Running

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to leave thevehicle with the engine running.It could overheat and catch fire.

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly applied. The vehiclecan roll.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running. If you have leftthe engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 198.If you are towing a trailer, seeDriving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 245.

If you have to leave the vehicle withthe engine running, the vehicle mustbe in P (Park) and the parking brakeset. After shifting into P (Park), try tomove the shift lever out without firstpushing the button on the shift lever.

If you can, the shift lever was notfully locked into P (Park).

Torque Lock

Torque lock is when the weight ofthe vehicle puts too much force onthe parking pawl in thetransmission. This happens whenparking on a hill and shifting thetransmission into P (Park) is notdone properly and then it is difficultto shift out of P (Park). To preventtorque lock, set the parking brakeand then shift into P (Park). To findout how, see “Shifting Into Park”listed previously.

If torque lock does occur, thevehicle may need to be pusheduphill by another vehicle to relievethe parking pawl pressure, so youcan shift out of P (Park).

Shifting out of ParkThis vehicle is equipped with anelectronic shift lock release system.The shift lock release is designed toprevent movement of the shift leverout of P (Park), unless the ignition isin ON/RUN and the brake pedal isapplied.



The shift lock release is alwaysfunctional except in the case of anuncharged or low voltage (less than9 volt) battery.

If the vehicle has an unchargedbattery or a battery with low voltage,try charging or jump starting thebattery. See Jump Starting 0 310 formore information.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Release the parking brake.See Electric ParkingBrake 0 207.

3. Press the shift lever button.

4. Move the shift lever.

If unable to shift out of P (Park):

1. Fully release the shift leverbutton.

2. While holding down the brakepedal, press the shift leverbutton again.

3. Move the shift lever.

If the shift lever will not move fromP (Park), consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service.

Parking

{ Warning

Do not park the vehicle on aneasily ignitable surface. The hightemperature of the exhaustsystem could ignite the surface.

Always apply parking brake. SeeParking Brake or Electric ParkingBrake.

Switch off the engine.

If the vehicle is on a level surfaceor uphill slope, engage 1 (First)gear or set the selector lever toP (Park) before switching off theignition. On an uphill slope, turnthe front wheels away fromthe kerb.

If the vehicle is on a downhillslope, engage R (Reverse) gearor set the selector lever toP (Park) before switching off theignition. Turn the front wheelstowards the kerb.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Switch off the ignition. Turn thesteering wheel until the steeringwheel lock engages. Turn theignition key to position OFF andremove it. Turn the steering wheeluntil the steering wheel lock is feltto engage.

For vehicles with automatictransmission, the key can only beremoved when the selector leveris in the P (Park) position.

Parking over ThingsThat Burn

{ Warning

Things that can burn could touchhot exhaust parts under thevehicle and ignite. Do not parkover papers, leaves, dry grass,or other things that can burn.



Engine Exhaust

{ Warning

Engine exhaust contains carbonmonoxide (CO), which cannot beseen or smelled. Exposure to COcan cause unconsciousness andeven death.

Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:

. The vehicle idles in areaswith poor ventilation(parking garages, tunnels,deep snow that may blockunderbody airflow orexhaust pipes).

. The exhaust smells orsounds strange or different.

. The exhaust system leaksdue to corrosion or damage.

. The vehicle exhaust systemhas been modified,damaged, or improperlyrepaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. There are holes or openingsin the vehicle body fromdamage or aftermarketmodifications that are notcompletely sealed.

If unusual fumes are detected orif it is suspected that exhaust iscoming into the vehicle:

. Drive it only with thewindows completely down.

. Have the vehicle repairedimmediately.

Never park the vehicle with theengine running in an enclosedarea such as a garage or abuilding that has no fresh airventilation.

Running the VehicleWhile ParkedIt is better not to park with theengine running. But if you ever haveto, here are some things to know.

{ Warning

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust mayenter the vehicle. Engine exhaustcontains Carbon Monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed area thathas no fresh air ventilation. Formore information, see EngineExhaust 0 201.

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to get out ofthe vehicle if the automatictransmission shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly set. The vehicle can roll. Donot leave the vehicle when theengine is running unless youhave to. If you have left theengine running, the vehicle can

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

move suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).

Follow the proper steps to be surethe vehicle will not move. SeeShifting Into Park 0 198.

If parking on a hill and pulling atrailer, see Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips 0 245.

AutomaticTransmission

There are several different positionsfor the shift lever.

P : This position locks the rearwheels. Use this position whenstarting the engine because thevehicle cannot move easily.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the shift lever is not fullyin P (Park) with the parking brakefirmly applied. The vehiclecan roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when theengine is running unless youhave to. If you have left theengine running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andmove the shift lever to P (Park).See Shifting Into Park 0 198.If you are pulling a trailer, seeDriving Characteristics andTowing Tips 0 245.

Make sure the shift lever is fully inP (Park) before starting the engine.The vehicle has an electronic shiftlock release system. Fully apply theregular brakes first and then pressthe shift lever button before shifting



from P (Park) when the ignition is inON/RUN. If you cannot shift out ofP (Park), ease pressure on the shiftlever and push the shift lever all theway into P (Park) as you maintainbrake application. Then press theshift lever button and move the shiftlever into another gear. See Shiftingout of Park 0 199.

Caution

Shifting to R (Reverse) while thevehicle is moving forward coulddamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Shift toR (Reverse) only after the vehicleis stopped.

R : Use this gear to reverse.

At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse)can be used to rock the vehicleback and forth to get out of snow,ice or sand without damaging yourtransmission. See If the Vehicle IsStuck 0 189.

N : In this position, the engine doesnot connect with the wheels. Torestart when the vehicle is alreadymoving, use N (Neutral) only. Youcan also use N (Neutral) when thevehicle is being towed.

{ Warning

Shifting into a drive gear while theengine is running at high speed isdangerous. Unless your foot isfirmly on the brake pedal, thevehicle could move very rapidly.You could lose control and hitpeople or objects. Do not shiftinto a drive gear while the engineis running at high speed.

Caution

Shifting out of P (Park) orN (Neutral) with the enginerunning at high speed maydamage the transmission. Therepairs would not be covered by

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

the vehicle warranty. Be sure theengine is not running at highspeed when shifting the vehicle.

D : This position is for normaldriving. It provides the best fueleconomy. If you need more powerfor overtaking, and you are:

. Going less than 55 km/h(35 mph), push the acceleratorpedal about halfway down.

. Going about 55 km/h (35 mph)or more, push the accelerator allthe way down.

The transmission will shift downto a lower gear and have morepower.

Downshifting the transmission inslippery road conditions could resultin skidding. See “Skidding” underLoss of Control 0 183.

M : This mode can be entered withthe gear lever in the D (Drive)position by pressing the M (ManualMode) button on the top of the gear



lever. M (Manual Mode) allows thedriver to select gears appropriate forcurrent driving conditions. M(Manual Mode) Can be exited with asecond press of the M (ManualMode) button. See ManualMode 0 204.

Caution

Spinning the tyres or holding thevehicle in one place on a hillusing only the accelerator pedalmay damage the transmission.The repair will not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. If you arestuck, do not spin the tyres. Whenstopping on a hill, use the brakesto hold the vehicle in place.

While in Sport Mode, the vehiclemonitors driving behaviour, andautomatically enables PerformanceShift Features when spirited drivingis detected. These features maintainlower transmission gears toincrease available engine brakingand improve acceleration response.The vehicle will exit these featuresand return to normal operation after

a short period when no spiriteddriving is detected. See Driver ModeControl 0 211.

Manual Mode

Tap Shift

Caution

Driving with the engine at a highrpm without upshifting while usingTap Shift, could damage thevehicle. Always upshift whennecessary while using Tap Shift.

Vehicles with Tap Shift havecontrols on the back of the steeringwheel to manually shift theautomatic transmission.

To enter Permanent Tap Shift Mode:

1. With the gear lever in D(Drive), press the M (ManualMode) button on the top of thegear lever. While in Tap ShiftMode, the M of the PRNDMsection of the instrumentcluster will become highlighted,and the current gear isindicated.

2. Tap the left control to downshiftand the right control to upshift.

3. To exit, press the M (ManualMode) button a second time.



With the shift lever in D (Drive) andnot in Permanent Tap Shift Mode,the tap shift controls will activate atemporary tap manual shift mode,allowing the transmission to bemanually shifted. Automatic shiftsreturn after no manual shifts havebeen done for seven to 10 seconds.The Temporary Tap Shift Mode canalso be deactivated by holding theright upshift control briefly.

While using Tap Shift, the vehiclewill have firmer, quicker shifting. Youcan use this for sport driving orwhen climbing or descending hills,to stay in gear longer or to downshiftfor more power or engine braking.

The transmission will only allow youto shift into gears appropriate for thevehicle speed and enginerevolutions per minute (rpm). Thetransmission will not automaticallyshift to the next lower gear if theengine rpm is too high or to the nexthigher gear when the maximumengine rpm is reached.

If shifting is prevented for anyreason, a SHIFT DENIED messagewill be displayed in the instrumentcluster. See TransmissionMessages 0 145.

When accelerating the vehicle froma stop in snowy and icy conditions,it is suggested to shift into secondgear. A higher gear allows thevehicle to gain more traction onslippery surfaces.

Shift Indicator

The shift indicator illuminates in theinstrument cluster when a gear shiftis recommended for best fueleconomy. When the arrow is pointedup, an upshift is recommended.When the arrow is pointed down, adownshift is recommended. Thenumber displayed with the arrowindicates the recommended gear.

Drive Systems

All-Wheel DriveVehicles with this feature alwayssend engine power to all fourwheels. It is fully automatic, andadjusts itself as needed for roadconditions.



Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)This vehicle has ABS, an advancedelectronic braking system that helpsprevent a braking skid.

When the vehicle begins to driveaway, ABS checks itself.A momentary motor or clicking noisemight be heard while this test isgoing on, and it might even benoticed that the brake pedal movesa little. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) WarningLight 0 122.

If driving safely on a wet road and itbecomes necessary to slam on thebrakes and continue braking toavoid a sudden obstacle, acomputer senses the wheels areslowing down. If one of the wheelsis about to stop rolling, the computerwill separately work the brakes ateach wheel.

ABS can change the brake pressureto each wheel, as required, fasterthan any driver could. This can helpyou steer around the obstacle whilebraking hard.

As the brakes are applied, thecomputer keeps receiving updateson wheel speed and controlsbraking pressure accordingly.

Remember: ABS does not changethe time needed to get a foot up tothe brake pedal or always decreasestopping distance. If you get tooclose to the vehicle in front of you,

there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room up ahead tostop, even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly and letABS work. You may hear the ABSpump or motor operating and feelthe brake pedal pulsate. This isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows you to steer and brakeat the same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpmore than even the very bestbraking.



Electric Parking Brake

The vehicle has an Electric ParkingBrake (EPB). The switch for theEPB is on the instrument panel, tothe left of the steering wheel. TheEPB can always be activated, evenif the ignition is off. To preventdraining the battery, avoid repeatedcycles of the EPB system when theengine is not running.

The system has a red handbrakestatus light and an amberhandbrake warning light. SeeParking Brake Light 0 122 andService Electric Parking Brake Light0 122. There are alsohandbrake-related DriverInformation Centre (DIC) messages.See Brake System Messages0 135. In case of insufficientelectrical power, the EPB cannot beapplied or released.

Before leaving the vehicle, checkthe red handbrake status light toensure that the handbrake isapplied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Lift up the EPB switchmomentarily.

The red handbrake status light willflash and then stay on once theEPB is fully applied. If the redhandbrake status light flashescontinuously, then the EPB is onlypartially applied or there is aproblem with the EPB. A DICmessage will display. Release theEPB and try to apply it again. If thelight does not come on, or keepsflashing, have the vehicle serviced.Do not drive the vehicle if the redhandbrake status light is flashing.See your dealer. See Parking BrakeLight 0 122.



If the amber handbrake warninglight is on, lift up on the EPB switchand hold it up. Continue to hold theswitch until the red handbrakestatus light remains on. If the amberhandbrake warning light remains on,see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is moving, the vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch isheld up. If the switch is held up untilthe vehicle comes to a stop, theEPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations whenthe vehicle is not moving. This isnormal, and is done to periodicallycheck the correct operation of theEPB system.

If the EPB fails to apply, the rearwheels should be blocked toprevent vehicle movement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

1. Place the ignition in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUNposition.

2. Apply and hold the brakepedal.

3. Push down momentarily on theEPB switch.

The EPB is released when the redhandbrake status light is off.

If the amber handbrake warninglight is on, release the EPB bypushing down on the EPB switchand holding it down. Continue tohold the switch until the redhandbrake status light is off. If eitherlight stays on after release isattempted, see your dealer.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear and an attempt is made todrive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

If parking on a hill, or if the vehicleis pulling a trailer, see DrivingCharacteristics and TowingTips 0 245.



Brake AssistThis vehicle has a brake assistfeature designed to assist the driverin stopping or decreasing vehiclespeed in emergency drivingconditions. This feature uses thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module to supplement thepower brake system underconditions where the driver hasquickly and forcefully applied thebrake pedal in an attempt to quicklystop or slow down the vehicle. Thestability system hydraulic brakecontrol module increases brakepressure at each corner of thevehicle until the ABS activates.Minor brake pedal pulsation orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the driver shouldcontinue to apply the brake pedal asthe driving situation dictates. Thebrake assist feature willautomatically disengage when thebrake pedal is released or brakepedal pressure is quicklydecreased.

Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControlThe vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak®, anelectronic stability control system.These systems help limit wheel slipand assist the driver in maintainingcontrol, especially on slippery roadconditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, the system brakes thespinning wheel(s) and/or reducesengine power to limit wheel spin.

StabiliTrak activates when thecomputer senses a differencebetween the intended path and thedirection the vehicle is actuallytravelling. StabiliTrak selectively

applies braking pressure at any oneof the vehicle's brakes to help steerthe vehicle in the intended direction.

If cruise control is being used andtraction control or StabiliTrak beginsto limit wheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when roadconditions allow.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but It may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 189and “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.



The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Centre (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the engine off and wait15 seconds.


Drive the vehicle. if d comes onand stays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On

Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andrelease theY button. The traction

off light i displays in the instrumentcluster. The appropriate DICmessage is displayed. See RideControl System Messages 0 141.

To turn TCS on again, press andrelease theY button. The traction

off light i displayed in theinstrument cluster will turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin whentheY button is pressed, thesystem will not turn off until thewheels stop spinning.



To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak,press and hold theY button until

the traction off light i and

StabiliTrak OFF light g come onand stay on in the instrumentcluster. The appropriate DICmessage is displayed. See RideControl System Messages 0 141.

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak onagain, press and release theYbutton. The traction off light i and

StabiliTrak OFF light g in theinstrument cluster turn off.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle's performance. SeeAccessories andModifications 0 253.

Driver Mode ControlDriver Mode Control attempts to adda sportier feel, provide a morecomfortable ride, or assist indifferent weather conditions orterrain. This system simultaneouslychanges the software calibration ofvarious sub-systems. Depending onthe option package, availablefeatures, and mode selected, thesuspension, steering, andpowertrain will change calibrationsto achieve the desired modecharacteristics. If the vehicle isequipped with Magnetic RideControl, selecting the various DriverModes adjusts the ride of thevehicle to enhance the rideperformance for the road conditionsand the selected mode.

While in the Sport and/or TrackModes, the vehicle monitors drivingbehaviour and automaticallyenables Performance Shift Featureswhen spirited driving is detected.

These features maintain lowertransmission gears to increaseavailable engine braking andimprove acceleration response. Thevehicle will exit these features andreturn to normal operation after ashort period when no spirited drivingis detected.

Driver Mode Control Switch

The Driver Mode Control has threeor four modes: Tour, Sport, Snow/Ice, and Track. The Track Modeis for V-Series models only.



Press« orz on the MODE switchon the centre console to make amode selection. The first press ofthe switch will show the currentmode. Subsequent presses willscroll though the available modes.The Tour and Sport Modes will feelsimilar on a smooth road. Select anew setting whenever drivingconditions change.

Tour Mode

Use for normal city and highwaydriving to provide a smooth,soft ride.

Sport Mode

Use where road conditions orpersonal preference demand a morecontrolled response.

When selected, the Sport Modeindicator will display in the DriverInformation Centre (DIC).

Competitive Driving Mode can beaccessed through this mode.

Snow/Ice Mode

Use when more traction is neededduring slippery conditions.

When selected, the Snow/Ice Modeindicator will display in the DIC.

This feature is not intended for usewhen the vehicle is stuck in sand,mud, ice, snow, or gravel. If thevehicle becomes stuck, see If theVehicle Is Stuck 0 189.

Track Mode (V-Series Only)

Use when maximum vehiclehandling is desired.

When selected, the Track Modeindicator will display in the DIC.

When in Track Mode, the automatictransmission and steering willfunction similar to Sport Mode. Theaccelerator pedal is adjusted to givemaximum control during the highestlevel of spirited driving. TheMagnetic Ride Control will be set tothe optimum level for vehicleresponsiveness. Competitive DrivingMode or PTM can be accessedthrough this mode.

There are seven attributes that varyby mode shown below. Not allvehicles have all features,depending on the vehicle options.



Modes: TOURDefault

SPORT SNOW/ICE TRACK

Throttle Progression Normal Sport Normal Sport/Track

Transmission Shift Mode Normal Sport Normal Track

Steering (Assist Effort) Comfort Sport Comfort Track

Magnetic Ride Control (if equipped) Tour Sport Tour Track

Launch Control NA NA NA Available

Stability Control Normal Normal Normal Track

Performance Traction Management (ifequipped)

Off Off Off Available

Driver Mode Selector AttributesAffected

The Gauge Cluster Display isconfigured for each mode whenlinked (default):

Throttle Progression

Adjusts throttle sensitivity byselecting how quick or slow thethrottle reacts to input.

. Snow/Ice - The acceleratorpedal will reduce engine torqueat small pedal inputs. Thisallows better wheel control onslippery surfaces.

. Track - The accelerator pedal isadjusted to give maximumcontrol during the highest levelof spirited driving.

Transmission Shift Mode

. Sport or Track – PerformanceMode Lift Foot (PMLF) allowsthe transmission to hold the

current gear after a quickrelease of a heavily appliedaccelerator pedal. This providesgreater engine braking andenhanced vehicle control withoutusing the paddles. PerformanceAlgorithm Shift (PAS) recognisesaggressive cornering, heavybraking, and high acceleration toselect and hold lower gearswhen not using paddles. Theshifts are also firmer to increasethe quickness of shifting.



. Snow/Ice – The transmission willuse 2 (Second) gear instead of1 (First) gear when acceleratingfrom a stop. The vehicle willupshift normally when thevehicle is moving. Thetransmission will also shiftdifferently to assist inmaintaining traction.

Steering (Assist Effort)

Adjusts from a lighter steering feelin Tour mode to reduced assist inSport and Track mode for moresteering feel.

Magnetic Ride Control (ifequipped)

Adjusts the shock dampeningfirmness from a comfort tune in Tourmode to an optimisedresponsiveness tune in Sport andTrack.

Launch Control

Available only in Track mode formaximum “off-the-line” accelerationwhen in Competitive Driving Modeor PTM.

Stability Control

. Competitive mode allows lesscomputer control to permit someslide and drift and is selectedwith the button – only availablein Track mode.

. StabiliTrak can be turned off bypressing and holding the buttonfor five seconds.

PTM (Performance TractionManagement) (if equipped)

. Available in Track Mode.

. There are five selectablesettings.

Competitive Driving ModeTo select this optional handlingmode, press theY button quicklytwo times and the DIC will displaythe appropriate message. While inthe Competitive Driving Mode, thetraction off light i and StabiliTrak

OFF light g will come on in theinstrument cluster. TCS does notlimit wheel spin, the ElectronicLimited-Slip Differential (ELSD)allows increased vehicle agility, and

more effort is required to turn thesteering wheel. See “Limited-SlipDifferential (V-Series Only)” later inthis section. Adjust your drivingaccordingly.

Press theY button again, or turnthe ignition to ACC/ACCESSORYand restart the vehicle, to turn TCSback on. The traction off light i and

StabiliTrak OFF light g will go out inthe instrument cluster.

Caution

When traction control is turned offor Competitive Driving Mode isactive, it is possible to losetraction.

Performance TractionManagement (V-Series Only)

Performance Traction Management(PTM) integrates the TractionControl, StabiliTrak, and SelectiveRide Control systems to provideimproved and consistentperformance when cornering. Theamount of available engine power is



based on the mode selected, trackconditions, driver skill, and theradius of each corner.

This light is on when the vehicle isin the PTM mode.

To select this optional handlingmode, the vehicle mode must beTrack. Then quickly press the TCS/StabiliTrakY button on the centreconsole two times. PERF TRAC 1 -WET ACTIVE HANDLING ONdisplays in the DIC.

When PTM is active, the up anddown buttons will no longer changeDrive Modes, but instead changePTM modes.

To select a mode while in PTM,press the Driver Mode Control/PTMbuttons on the centre console.

To experience the performancebenefit of this system, after enteringa bend and at the point wherenormal acceleration occurs, fullypush the accelerator pedal. ThePTM system will modify the level ofengine power for a smooth andconsistent corner exit.

The PTM system contains fivemodes. These modes are selectedby pressing the Driver ModeControl/PTM buttons on the centreconsole. Scroll up or down throughmodes 1–5 by pressing the MODESELECT up and down buttons Thefollowing is a DIC displaydescription and the recommendedusage of each mode:

PERF TRAC 1 - WET ACTIVEHANDLING ON. Intended for all driver skill levels.

. Wet or damp conditions only -not intended for use in heavyrain or standing water.

. StabiliTrak is on and enginepower is reduced based onconditions.

PERF TRAC 2 – DRY ACTIVEHANDLING ON. For use by less experienced

drivers or while learning a newtrack.

. Dry conditions only.

. StabiliTrak is on and enginepower is slightly reduced.

PERF TRAC 3 – SPORTACTIVE HANDLING ON. For use by drivers who are

familiar with the track.


. Requires more driving skill thanmode 2.

. StabiliTrak is on and moreengine power is available than inmode 2.

PERF TRAC 4 – SPORTACTIVE HANDLING OFF. For use by drivers who are

familiar with the track.


. Requires more driving skill thanmodes 2 or 3.



. StabiliTrak is off and availableengine power is the same asmode 3.

PERF TRAC 5 – RACE ACTIVEHANDLING OFF. For use by experienced drivers

who are familiar with the track.


. Requires more driving skill thanin other modes.

. StabiliTrak is off and enginepower is available for maximumcornering speed.

Press and release the TCS/StabiliTrakY button to turn offPTM and return to the tractioncontrol and StabiliTrak systems. Thetraction off light i and StabiliTrak

OFF light g will go out.

Launch Control (V-Series Only)

A Launch Control feature isavailable, within Competitive DrivingMode or Performance TractionManagement (V-Series), to allow thedriver to achieve high levels ofvehicle acceleration in a straight

line. Launch Control is a form oftraction control that manages tyrespin while launching the vehicle.This feature is intended for useduring closed course race eventswhere consistent zero to60 and quarter mile times aredesirable.

Launch Control is only availablewhen the following criteria are met:

. Competitive Driving Mode isselected or any of thePerformance TractionManagement modes areselected (V-Series). The TCSlight comes on the instrumentpanel and the appropriate DICmessage displays.

. The vehicle is not moving.

. The steering wheel is pointingstraight.

. The brake pedal must be firmlypressed to the floor, equivalentto a panic brake event.

. The accelerator pedal is rapidlyapplied to wide open throttle. (Ifthe vehicle rolls due to wideopen throttle, release the

throttle, press the brake pedalmore firmly, and re-apply theaccelerator to wide openthrottle.)

The Launch Control feature willinitially limit engine speed as thedriver rapidly applies the acceleratorpedal to wide open throttle. Allowthe engine rpm to stabilise.A smooth, quick release of thebrake pedal, while maintaining thefully pressed accelerator pedal, willmanage wheel slip.

After the vehicle is launched, thesystem continues in CompetitiveDriving Mode or PerformanceTraction Management (V-Series).

Competitive Driving Mode, PTM,and Launch Control are systemsdesigned for a closed course racetrack and not intended for use onpublic roads. The systems are notintended to compensate for lack ofdriver experience or familiarity withthe race track.



Limited-Slip Differential(Except V-Series)If equipped, the mechanicallimited-slip differential can give moretraction on snow, mud, ice, sand,or gravel. It works like a standardaxle most of the time, but whentraction is low, this feature allowsthe drive wheel with the mosttraction to move the vehicle. Forvehicles with limited slip differential,driven under severe conditions, therear axle fluid should be changed.See Competitive Driving Mode0 214 and ScheduledMaintenance 0 325.

Limited-Slip Differential(V-Series Only)If equipped, the ElectronicLimited-Slip Differential (ELSD) isautomatically activated. ELSDactively monitors vehicle sensorsand driver inputs to determine theamount of change for theconditions. With ELSD, thevehicle has:

. Enhanced high-speed control.

. Improved traction throughcorners, allowing moreacceleration.

. More precise steering.

. Increased vehicle agility.

. Integration with StabiliTrak.

For vehicles with ELSD, drivenunder severe conditions, the rearaxle fluid should be changed. SeeCompetitive Driving Mode 0 214and Scheduled Maintenance 0 325.

Cruise Control

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tyre traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

With cruise control, a speed ofabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or morecan be maintained without keepingyour foot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow about 40 km/h (25 mph).

If the StabiliTrak® system begins tolimit wheel spin while using cruisecontrol, the cruise controlautomatically disengages. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 209. If a collision alert



occurs when cruise control isactivated, cruise control isdisengaged. See Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) System 0 234. Whenroad conditions allow the cruisecontrol to be safely used, cruisecontrol can be turned back on.

If the brakes are applied, the cruisecontrol disengages.

J (On/Off) : Press to turn thesystem on and off. A white indicatorappears in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.

+RES (Resume/Accelerate) : Ifthere is a set speed in memory,press the control up briefly toresume to that speed or press andhold to accelerate. If the cruisecontrol is already active, use toincrease vehicle speed. To increasespeed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press+RES up to the first detent. Toincrease speed to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,press +RES up to the seconddetent.

SET− (Set/Coast) : Press thecontrol down briefly to SET− to setthe speed and activate cruisecontrol. If cruise control is alreadyactive, use to decrease vehiclespeed. To decrease speed by1 km/h (1 mph), press SET− downto the first detent. To decreasespeed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph)mark on the speedometer, pressSET− down to the second detent.

* (Cancel) : Press to disengagecruise control without erasing theset speed from memory.

Setting Cruise Control

If theJ button is on when not inuse, SET− or +RES could getpressed and go into cruise when notdesired. Keep theJ button offwhen cruise is not being used.

1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET−.

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator.

When the cruise control has beenset to the desired speed, a greencruise control indicator appears onthe instrument cluster and a cruiseset speed message appears on theHead-Up Display (HUD),if equipped.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied or* is pressed, thecruise control is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.



Once the vehicle speed reachesabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,press the +RES up to the firstdetent briefly. The vehicle returns tothe previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While CruiseControl is at a Set Speed

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold +RES up untilthe desired speed is reached,then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly press+RES up to the first detent. Foreach press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.

. To increase vehicle speed inlarger increments, briefly press+RES up to the second detent.For each press, the vehiclespeed increases to the next5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 111.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.

Reducing Speed While CruiseControl is at a Set Speed

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold SET− down untilthe desired lower speed isreached, then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmall increments, briefly pressSET− down to the first detent.For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

. To decrease the vehicle speed inlarger increments, briefly pressSET− down to the seconddetent. For each press, thevehicle speed decreases to thenext 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.

The cruise control system mayautomatically brake to slow thevehicle down (CTS model only).


Overtaking Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to thepreviously set cruise speed. Whilepressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflyapplying the SET– switch will resultin cruise control set to the currentvehicle speed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control will workon hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain thevehicle speed. When goingdownhill, the cruise control systemmay automatically brake to slow thevehicle down (CTS model only).



Also, you may have to brake or shiftto a lower gear to keep the vehiclespeed down. If the brake pedal isapplied, cruise control disengages.

Ending Cruise Control

There are four ways to end cruisecontrol:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. Shift the transmission toN (Neutral).

. PressJ.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory ifJ ispressed or if the ignition isturned off.

Adaptive Cruise ControlIf equipped with Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it allows the driver toselect the cruise control set speedand following gap. Read this entiresection before using this system.The following gap is the following

time between your vehicle and avehicle detected directly ahead inyour path moving in the samedirection. If no vehicle is detected inyour path, ACC works like regularcruise control. ACC uses cameraand radar sensors. See Declarationof Conformity 0 337.

If a vehicle is detected in your path,ACC can apply acceleration orlimited, moderate braking tomaintain the selected following gap.To disengage ACC, apply the brake.If ACC is controlling your vehiclespeed when the Traction ControlSystem (TCS) or electronic stabilitycontrol system activates, the ACCmay automatically disengage. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 209. When roadconditions allow ACC to be safelyused, the ACC can be turnedback on.

ACC will not engage if the TCS orelectronic stability control system isdisabled.

{ Warning

ACC has limited braking abilityand may not have time to slowthe vehicle down enough to avoida collision with another vehicleyou are following. This can occurwhen vehicles suddenly slow orstop ahead, or enter your lane.Also see “Alerting the Driver” inthis section. Complete attention isalways required while driving andyou should be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes. SeeDefensive Driving 0 181.

{ Warning

ACC will not detect or brake forchildren, pedestrians, animals,or other objects.

Do not use ACC when:

. On winding and hilly roadsor when the sensors areblocked by snow, ice, or dirt.The system may not detect

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

a vehicle ahead. Keep theentire front of the vehicleclean.

. Visibility is low, such as inmist, rain, or snowconditions. ACCperformance is limited underthese conditions.

. On slippery roads wherefast changes in tyre tractioncan cause excessivewheel slip.

J (On/Off) : Press to turn thesystem on or off. A white cruisecontrol indicator comes on.

+RES (Resume/Accelerate) :Press the control up briefly toresume the previous set speed or toincrease vehicle speed if ACC isalready activated. To increasespeed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press+RES up to the first detent. Toincrease speed to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on the speedometer,press +RES up to the seconddetent.

SET− (Set/Coast) : Press thecontrol down briefly to set the speedand activate ACC or to decreasevehicle speed if ACC is alreadyactivated. To decrease speed by1 km/h (1 mph), pressSET− down tothe first detent. To decrease speedto the next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark onthe speedometer, press SET− downto the second detent.

* (Cancel) : Press to disengageACC without erasing the set speedfrom memory.

[ (Follow Distance Gap) : Pressto select a following gap time (ordistance) setting for ACC of Far,Medium, or Near.

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control

If the cruise control is on when notin use, the cruise on/off controlcould get pressed and cruise controlcould become active when notdesired. Keep cruise control buttonoff when cruise is not being used.

Select the set speed desired forcruise. This is the vehicle speedwhen no vehicle is detected inits path.

ACC will not set at a speed lessthan 25 km/h (16 mph), although itcan be resumed when driving atlower speeds.

To set ACC:

1. PressJ.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release SET– .

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator.



After ACC is set, it may immediatelyapply the brakes if a vehicle aheadis detected closer than the selectedfollowing gap.

The ACC indicator displays in theinstrument cluster and Head-UpDisplay (HUD) (if equipped). Whenthe ACC is active, the indicatorturns green.

Be mindful of speed limits,surrounding traffic speeds, andweather conditions when selectingthe set speed.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the ACC is set at a desired speedand then the brakes are applied, theACC is disengaged without erasingthe set speed from memory.

To begin using ACC again, press+RES up briefly. The vehicle returnsto the previous set speed.

Increasing Speed While ACC is ata Set Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:

. Use the accelerator to get to thehigher speed. Press SET– down.Release the control and theaccelerator pedal. The vehiclewill now cruise at the higherspeed.

When the accelerator pedal ispressed, ACC will not brakebecause it is overridden.A warning message will appearon the Driver Information Centre(DIC) and the Head-Up Display(HUD) (if equipped). See CruiseControl Messages 0 135.

. Press and hold +RES up untilthe desired set speed appearson the display, then release it.

. To increase vehicle speed insmall increments, press +RESup to the first detent. For eachpress, the vehicle goes 1 km/h(1 mph) faster.

. To increase vehicle speed inlarger increments, press +RESup to the second detent. Foreach press, the vehicle speedincreases to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.

When it is determined that there isno vehicle ahead or the vehicleahead is beyond the selectedfollowing gap, then the vehiclespeed will increase to the set speed.


Reducing Speed While ACC is at aSet Speed

If ACC is already activated, do oneof the following:

. Use the brake to get to thedesired lower speed. PressSET– down and release theaccelerator pedal. The vehiclewill now cruise at the lowerspeed.



. Press and hold SET– down untilthe desired lower speed isreached, then release it.

. To decrease the vehicle speed insmaller increments, press SET−down to the first detent. Foreach press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

. To decrease the vehicle speed inlarger increments, press SET−down to the second detent. Foreach press, the vehicle speeddecreases to the next 5 km/h(5 mph) mark on thespeedometer.


Selecting the Follow Distance

When a slower moving vehicle isdetected ahead within the selectedfollowing gap, ACC will adjust thevehicle's speed and attempt tomaintain the follow distance gapselected.

Press[ on the steering wheel toadjust the following gap. Each presscycles the gap button through threesettings: Far, Medium, or Near.

When pressed, the current gapsetting displays briefly on theinstrument cluster and HUD,if equipped. Subsequent pressescycle the gap button through threesettings: Far, Medium, or Near. Thegap setting will be maintained until itis changed.

Since each gap setting correspondsto a following time (Far, Medium,or Near), the following distance willvary based on vehicle speed. Thefaster the vehicle speed, the furtherback your vehicle will follow avehicle detected ahead. Considertraffic and weather conditions whenselecting the following gap. Therange of selectable gaps may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

Changing the gap settingautomatically changes the alerttiming sensitivity (Far, Medium,

or Near) for the Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) feature. See ForwardCollision Alert (FCA) System 0 234.

Alerting the Driver

Without Head-Up Display

With Head-Up Display

If ACC is engaged, driver actionmay be required when ACC cannotapply sufficient braking because ofapproaching a vehicle too rapidly.

When this condition occurs, a seriesof red lights or the collision alertsymbol on the HUD, if equipped, willflash on the windscreen. Either eightbeeps will sound from the front,



or both sides of the Safety AlertSeat will pulse five times. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalisation 0 146.

See Defensive Driving 0 181.

Approaching and Following aVehicle

The vehicle ahead symbol is in theinstrument cluster and HUD display,if equipped.

The vehicle ahead symbol onlydisplays when a vehicle is detectedin your vehicle's path moving in thesame direction.

If this symbol is not displaying, ACCwill not respond to or brake tovehicles ahead.

ACC automatically slows the vehicledown and adjusts vehicle speed tofollow the vehicle in front at theselected follow gap. The vehicle

speed increases or decreases tofollow the vehicle in front of you, butwill not exceed the set speed. It mayapply limited braking, if necessary.When braking is active, the brakelamps will come on. The automaticbraking may feel or sound differentthan if the brakes were appliedmanually. This is normal.

Stationary or Very Slow-MovingObjects

{ Warning

Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)may not detect and react tostopped or slow-moving vehiclesahead of you. For example, thesystem may not brake for avehicle it has never detectedmoving. This can occur instop-and-go traffic or when avehicle suddenly appears due toa vehicle ahead changing lanes.Your vehicle may not stop andcould cause a crash. Use cautionwhen using ACC. Your completeattention is always required while

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

driving and you should be readyto take action and apply thebrakes.

ACC Automatically Disengages

ACC may automatically disengageand the driver will need to manuallyapply the brakes to slow thevehicle when:

. The sensors are blocked.

. The Traction Control System(TCS) or electronic stabilitycontrol system has activated orbeen disabled.

. No traffic or other objects arebeing detected.

. There is a fault in the system.

The ACC active symbol will not bedisplayed when ACC is no longeractive.



Notification to Resume ACC

ACC will maintain a follow gapbehind a detected vehicle and slowyour vehicle to a stop behind thatvehicle.

If the stopped vehicle ahead hasdriven away and ACC has notresumed, the vehicle ahead symbolwill flash as a reminder to checktraffic before proceeding. Inaddition, the left and right sides ofthe Safety Alert Seat will pulse threetimes, or three beeps will sound.See “Alert Type” and “Go Notifier” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalisation 0 146.

When the vehicle ahead drivesaway, press +RES or theaccelerator pedal to resume ACC.If stopped for more thantwo minutes or if the driver door isopened and the driver safety belt isunbuckled, the ACC automaticallyapplies the electric handbrake tohold the vehicle. The electricparking brake status light will turn

on. See Electric Parking Brake0 207. To release the electrichandbrake, press the acceleratorpedal.

A DIC warning message maydisplay indicating to shift to P (Park)before exiting the vehicle. SeeVehicle Messages 0 134.

{ Warning

If ACC has stopped the vehicle,and if ACC is disengaged, turnedoff, or cancelled, the vehicle willno longer be held at a stop. Thevehicle can move. When ACC isholding the vehicle at a stop,always be prepared to manuallyapply the brakes.

{ Warning

Leaving the vehicle withoutplacing it in P (Park) can bedangerous. Do not leave thevehicle while it is being held at astop by ACC. Always place the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

vehicle in P (Park) and turn offthe ignition before leaving thevehicle.

ACC Override

If using the accelerator pedal whileACC is active, a warning messageon the DIC and in the HUD (ifequipped) will indicate thatautomatic braking will not occur.See Vehicle Messages 0 134. ACCwill resume operation when theaccelerator pedal is not beingpressed.

{ Warning

The ACC will not automaticallyapply the brakes if your foot isresting on the accelerator pedal.You could crash into a vehicleahead of you.



Bends in the Road

{ Warning

On bends, ACC may not detect avehicle ahead in your lane. Youcould be startled if the vehicleaccelerates up to the set speed,especially when following avehicle exiting or entering exitramps. You could lose control ofthe vehicle or crash. Do not useACC while driving on an entranceor exit ramp. Always be ready touse the brakes if necessary.

{ Warning

On bends, ACC may respond to avehicle in another lane, or maynot have time to react to a vehiclein your lane. You could crash intoa vehicle ahead of you, or losecontrol of your vehicle. Give extraattention in bends and be readyto use the brakes if necessary.Select an appropriate speed whiledriving in bends.

ACC may operate differently in asharp bend. It may reduce thevehicle speed if the bend is toosharp.

When following a vehicle andentering a bend, ACC may notdetect the vehicle ahead andaccelerate to the set speed. Whenthis happens the vehicle aheadsymbol will not appear.

ACC may detect a vehicle that isnot in your lane and apply thebrakes.

ACC may occasionally provide analert and/or braking that isconsidered unnecessary. It couldrespond to vehicles in differentlanes, signs, guardrails, and otherstationary objects when entering orexiting a bend. This is normaloperation. The vehicle does notneed service.

Other Vehicle Lane Changes

ACC will not detect a vehicle aheaduntil it is completely in the lane. Thebrake may need to be manuallyapplied.



Do Not Use ACC on Hills andWhen Towing a Trailer

Do not use ACC when driving onsteep hills or when towing a trailer.ACC will not detect a vehicle in thelane while driving on steep hills. Thedriver will often need to take overacceleration and braking on steephills, especially when towing atrailer. If the brakes are applied, theACC disengages.

Ending ACC

There are three ways todisengage ACC:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press*.

. PressJ.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory ifJ ispressed or if the ignition isturned off.

Cleaning the Sensing System

The camera sensor on thewindscreen behind the rear-viewmirror and the radar sensors on thefront of the vehicle can becomeblocked by snow, ice, dirt, or mud.These areas need to be cleaned forACC to operate properly.

For cleaning instructions, see“Washing the Vehicle” underExterior Care 0 315.

System operation may also belimited under snow, heavy rain,or road spray conditions.

Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, reversing, and parking.Read this entire section beforeusing these systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or feelalerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See DefensiveDriving 0 181.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

. Detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitoredby the system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide youwith enough time to avoid acrash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible or Safety Alert Seat

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalisation 0 146.

If equipped with the Safety AlertSeat, the driver seat cushion mayprovide a vibrating pulse alertinstead of beeping. To change this,see “Collision/Detection Systems”under VehiclePersonalisation 0 146.

Assistance Systems forParking or ReversingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC), Rear Parking Assist (RPA),Front Parking Assist (FPA),Surround Vision, Front VisionCamera, Curb View Camera, RearCross Traffic Alert (RCTA), andAutomatic Parking Assist (APA) mayhelp the driver park or avoid objects.Always check around the vehiclewhen parking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the centre stack display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press abutton on the infotainment system,shift into P (Park), or reach a vehiclespeed of 8 km/h (5 mph).

1. View Displayed by theCamera



1. View Displayed by theCamera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may display onthe RVC screen to show that RearParking Assist (RPA) has detectedan object. This triangle changesfrom amber to red and increases insize the closer the object.

Surround Vision (CTS Only)

If equipped, Surround Visiondisplays an image of the areasurrounding the vehicle, along with

the front or rear camera views in thecentre console. The front camera isin the grille or near the frontemblem, the side cameras are onthe bottom of the outside rearviewmirrors, and the rear camera isabove the number plate.

{ Warning

The Surround Vision camerashave blind spots and will notdisplay all objects near thecorners of the vehicle. Foldingside mirrors that are out ofposition will not display surroundview correctly. Always checkaround the vehicle when parkingor backing.

1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown

1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown

Front Vision Camera (CTS Only)

If equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle displays in thecentre console. The view displays



after shifting from R (Reverse) to aforward gear, or by pressingCAMERA in the centre stack, andwhen the vehicle is moving forwardslower than 8 km/h (5 mph).If equipped, the front view cameraalso displays when the FrontParking Assist system detects anobject within 30 cm (12 in).

Curb View Camera (CTS-VSeries Only)

If equipped, a view of the area infront of the vehicle displays in thecentre console. The display shows atop down view at the top of thescreen and left and right frontcamera images on the bottom. Thefront views display after shiftingfrom R (Reverse) to a forward gear,or by pressing CAMERA in the

centre console, and when thevehicle is moving forward slowerthan 8 km/h (5 mph). If equipped,the front camera images alsodisplay when the Parking Assistsystem detects an object within30 cm (12 in). The front camerasare on both sides of the front fascia.

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not displaychildren, pedestrians, bicyclists,crossing traffic, animals, or anyother object outside of thecameras' field of view, below thebumper, or under the vehicle.Shown distances may be differentfrom actual distances. Do notdrive or park the vehicle usingonly these camera(s). Alwayscheck behind and around thevehicle before driving. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Parking Assist

With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,as the vehicle moves at speeds ofless than 8 km/h (5 mph) thesensors on the bumpers may detectobjects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind and1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the vehiclewithin a zone 25 cm (10 in) high offthe ground and below bumper level.These detection distances may beshorter during warmer or humidweather. Blocked sensors will notdetect objects and can also causefalse detections. Keep the sensorsclean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, andslush; and clean sensors after a carwash in freezing temperatures.

{ Warning

The Parking Assist system doesnot detect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available atspeeds greater than 8 km/h(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

or vehicle damage, even withparking assist, always check thearea around the vehicle andcheck all mirrors before movingforward or reversing.

The instrument cluster may have aparking assist display with bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information for the ParkingAssist system. As the object getscloser, more bars light up and thebars change colour from yellow toamber to red.

When an object is first detected inthe rear, one beep will be heardfrom the rear, or both sides of the

Safety Alert Seat will pulse twotimes. When an object is very close(<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear,or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front),five beeps will sound from the frontor rear depending where the objectis detected, or both sides of theSafety Alert Seat will pulse fivetimes. Beeps for FPA are higherpitched than for RPA.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If equipped, RCTA displays a redwarning triangle with a left or rightpointing arrow on the RVC screen towarn of traffic coming from the leftor right. This system detects objectscoming from up to 20 m (65 ft) fromthe left or right-hand side of thevehicle. When an object is detected,either three beeps sound from theleft or right or three Safety AlertSeat pulses occur on the left or rightside, depending on the direction ofthe detected vehicle.

Use caution while reversing whentowing a trailer, as the RCTAdetection zones that extend out

from the back of the vehicle do notmove further back when a trailer istowed.

Turning the Features On or Off

TheX button on the centreconsole is used to turn on or off theFront and Rear Parking Assist andRear Cross Traffic Alert system atthe same time. The indicator lightnext to the button comes on whenthe features are on and turns offwhen the features have beendisabled.

Turn off parking assist when towinga trailer.

To turn the rear parking assistsymbols on or off, see “RearCamera” under VehiclePersonalisation 0 146.



RCTA can also be turned on or offthrough vehicle personalisation. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalisation 0 146.

Automatic ParkingAssist (APA)

If equipped, APA searches for andsteers the vehicle into parallel orperpendicular parking spots. Whenusing APA, you must still changegears, and control the brakes andaccelerator. The Driver informationCentre (DIC) and audible beepshelp to guide parking manoeuvres.

{ Warning

APA does not apply the brakes.APA may not detect objects in theparking space, objects that aresoft or narrow, objects high off theground such as flat-bed trucks,or objects below ground levelsuch as large potholes. Alwaysverify that the parking space isappropriate for parking a vehicle.APA does not respond to changes

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

in the parking space, such asmovement of an adjacent vehicle,or a person or object entering theparking space. APA does notdetect or avoid traffic that isbehind or alongside of thevehicle. Always be prepared tostop the vehicle during theparking manoeuvre.

The system is available when thevehicle speed is below 30 km/h(18 mph). Press the APAbutton,O, to enable the system tobegin searching for a space that islarge enough to park in. The systemcannot detect whether it is a legalparking space. The vehicle may notalign properly to angled parkingspots and the system may havedifficulty sensing short curbs.

If the vehicle is equipped withperpendicular parking mode, pressand hold the APA button during the

search process to switch the APAparking mode betweenperpendicular and parallel parking.

APA searches for parking spaces tothe right of the vehicle. To search fora parking space to the left, turn onthe left turn signal.

After completely passing a largeenough space bordered by twovehicles or other objects, an audiblebeep occurs and a red symboldisplays in the DIC.



APA will instruct the vehicle to stoponce a large enough space is found.Follow the instructions in the DIC.When instructed to drive in reverse,shift to R (Reverse) to engageautomatic steering. The steeringwheel will briefly vibrate as areminder to remove hands from thesteering wheel. Check surroundingsand continue braking or acceleratingas needed, and be prepared to stopto avoid vehicles, pedestrians,or objects.

If the vehicle is in R (Reverse), butdoes not steer into the expectedspace, this may be because thesystem is manoeuvring the vehicleinto a previously detected space.The APA system does not needservice.

If the vehicle exceeds 10 km/h(6 mph), APA is automaticallydisengaged and automatic steeringwill turn off. A DIC progress arrowdisplays the status of the parkingmanoeuvre. Depending on thespace size, additional manoeuvresmay be required, and there will beadditional instructions. Whenchanging gears, allow the automaticsteering to complete beforecontinuing the parking manoeuvre.Upon successful completion of amanoeuvre, APA will beep anddisplay a PARKING COMPLETEmessage. Place the vehicle inP (Park).

APA may automatically disengage if:

. The steering wheel is used bythe driver.

. The maximum allowed speed isexceeded.

. There is a failure with the APAsystem.

. Electronic stability control orantilock brakes are activated.

. A high priority vehicle messageis displayed in the DIC.

. An incoming call is receivedthrough a connected phone.Disconnect the phone from thevehicle to prevent APA fromdisengaging.

To cancel APA, press the APAbutton again.

When the System Does Not Seemto Work Properly

The APA system may require ashort period of driving along bendsto calibrate.

Assistance Systems forDrivingIf equipped, when driving thevehicle in a forward gear, ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), LaneDeparture Warning (LDW), LaneKeep Assist (LKA), Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert(LCA), and/or the Front AutomaticBraking (FAB) System can help toavoid a crash or reduce crashdamage.



Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system mayhelp to avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a flashing redalert on the windscreen and rapidlybeeps or pulses the Safety AlertSeat. FCA also lights an ambervisual alert if following anothervehicle much too closely.

FCA detects vehicles within adistance of approximately 60 m(197 ft) and operates at speedsabove 40 km/h (25 mph). If thevehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control(ACC), it can detect vehicles todistances of approximately 110 m(360 ft) and operates at all speeds.See Adaptive Cruise Control 0 220.

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving or

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. FCA does not warnof pedestrians, animals, signs,guardrails, bridges, constructionbarrels, or other objects. Be readyto take action and apply thebrakes. For more information, seeDefensive Driving 0 181.

FCA can be disabled with the FCAsteering wheel control, or if yourvehicle is equipped with AdaptiveCruise Control (ACC), throughvehicle personalisation. See the“Auto Collision Preparation” portionof “Collision/Detection Systems”under VehiclePersonalisation 0 146.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not bedetected on bends, motorway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;or if a vehicle ahead is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

or ice, or if the windscreen isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindscreen are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindscreen, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert

With Head-Up Display

Without Head-Up Display

When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display will flash on thewindscreen. Also, eight high-pitchedbeeps will sound from the front,or both sides of the Safety AlertSeat will pulse five times. When thisCollision Alert occurs, the brakesystem may prepare for driverbraking to occur more rapidly whichcan cause a brief, mild deceleration.Continue to apply the brake pedalas needed. Cruise control may bedisengaged when the Collision Alertoccurs.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle-ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you arefollowing a detected vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ to set theFCA timing to Far, Medium, Near,



or on some vehicles, Off. The firstbutton press shows the currentsetting on the DIC. Additional buttonpresses will change this setting. Thechosen setting will remain until it ischanged and will affect the timing ofboth the Collision Alert and theTailgating Alert features. The timingof both alerts will vary based onvehicle speed. The faster thevehicle speed, the farther away thealert will occur. Consider traffic andweather conditions when selectingthe alert timing. The range ofselectable alert timing may not beappropriate for all drivers anddriving conditions.

If your vehicle is equipped withAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC),changing the FCA timing settingautomatically changes the ACCfollowing gap setting (Far, Medium,or Near).

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts for turning vehicles, vehiclesin other lanes, objects that are not

vehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, cleaning theoutside of the windscreen in front ofthe rear-view mirror, and cleaningthe front of the vehicle where radarsensors are located, may correctthe issue.

Front Automatic Braking(FAB) SystemIf the vehicle has Adaptive CruiseControl (ACC), it also has FAB,which includes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is travelling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes whendriving in a forward gear. Dependingon the situation, the vehicle mayautomatically brake moderately or

hard. This front automatic brakingcan only occur if a vehicle isdetected. This is shown by the FCAvehicle ahead indicator being lit.See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 234.

The system works when driving in aforward gear above 4 km/h (2 mph).It can detect vehicles up toapproximately 60 m (197 ft).

{ Warning

FAB is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Donot rely on FAB to brake thevehicle. FAB will not brakeoutside of its operating speedrange and only responds todetected vehicles.

FAB may not:

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Detect all vehicles,especially vehicles with atrailer, tractors, muddyvehicles, etc.

. Detect a vehicle whenweather limits visibility, suchas in fog, rain, or snow.

. Detect a vehicle ahead if itis partially blocked bypedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

FAB may slow the vehicle to acomplete stop to try to avoid apotential crash. If this happens, FABmay engage the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at astop. To release automatic braking,release the EPB or firmly press theaccelerator pedal.

{ Warning

FAB may automatically brake thevehicle suddenly in situationswhere it is unexpected andundesired. It could respond to aturning vehicle ahead, guardrails,signs, and other non-movingobjects. To override FAB, firmlypress the accelerator pedal, if it issafe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brakepedal is applied quickly by providinga boost to braking based on thespeed of approach and distance toa vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the brake pedal shouldcontinue to be applied as needed.IBA will automatically disengageonly when the brake pedal isreleased.

{ Warning

IBA may increase vehicle brakingin situations when it may not benecessary. You could block theflow of traffic. If this occurs, takeyour foot off the brake pedal andthen apply the brakes as needed.

FAB and IBA can be disabledthrough vehicle personalisation. See“Auto Collision Preparation” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalisation 0 146.

{ Warning

Using FAB or IBA while towing atrailer could cause you to losecontrol of the vehicle and crash.Turn the system to Off whentowing a trailer.



Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding crashes thatoccur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas.When the vehicle is in a forwardgear, the left or right side mirrordisplay will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in that blindzone. If the indicator is activatedand a vehicle is also detected onthe same side, the display will flashas an extra warning not to changelanes. Since this system is part ofthe Lane Change Alert (LCA)system, read the entire LCA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with moving

vehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning displaywill light up in the correspondingoutside side mirror and will flash ifthe indicator is on.

{ Warning

LCA does not alert the driver tovehicles outside of the systemdetection zones, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals. It may notprovide alerts when changinglanes under all driving conditions.Failure to use proper care whenchanging lanes may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.Before making a lane change,always check mirrors, glance overyour shoulder, and use theindicators.

1. SBZA Detection Zone2. LCA Detection Zone

LCA Detection Zones

The LCA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m(1.5 ft) and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground.The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)warning area starts at approximatelythe middle of the vehicle and goesback 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are alsowarned of vehicles rapidlyapproaching this area up toapproximately 25 m (82 ft) behindthe vehicle.



How the System Works

The LCA symbol lights up in theside mirrors when the systemdetects a moving vehicle in the nextlane over that is in the side blindzone or rapidly approaching frombehind. This indicates it may beunsafe to change lanes. Beforemaking a lane change, check theLCA display, check mirrors, glanceover your shoulder, and use theindicators.

Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror LCA displays willbriefly come on to indicate thesystem is operating. When thevehicle is in a forward gear, the leftor right side mirror display will lightup if a moving vehicle is detected inthe next lane over in that blind zoneor rapidly approaching that zone.

If the indicator is activated in thesame direction of a detectedvehicle, this display will flash as anextra warning not to change lanes.

LCA can be disabled throughvehicle personalisation. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalisation 0 146.If LCA is disabled by the driver, theLCA mirror displays will not light up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The LCA system requires somedriving for the system to calibrate tomaximum performance. Thiscalibration may occur more quickly ifthe vehicle is driven on a straightmotorway with traffic and roadsideobjects (e.g., guardrails, barriers).During a trip, the LCA system is notoperational until the vehicle firstreaches a speed of 24 km/h(15 mph).

LCA displays may not come onwhen passing a vehicle quickly, fora stopped vehicle, or when towing atrailer. The LCA detection zonesthat extend back from the side ofthe vehicle do not move further back

when a trailer is towed. Use cautionwhile changing lanes when towing atrailer. LCA may alert to objectsattached to the vehicle, such as atrailer, bicycle, or object extendingout to either side of the vehicle.Attached objects may also interferewith the detection of vehicles. Thisis normal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not always alert the driverto vehicles in the next lane over,especially in wet conditions or whendriving on sharp curves. The systemdoes not need to be serviced. Thesystem may light up due toguardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, andother non-moving objects. This isnormal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not operate when the LCAsensors in the left or right corners ofthe rear bumper are covered withmud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or inheavy rainstorms. For cleaninginstructions, see “Washing theVehicle” under Exterior Care 0 315.If the DIC still displays the systemunavailable message after cleaning



both sides of the vehicle toward therear corners of the vehicle, see yourdealer.

If the LCA displays do not light upwhen moving vehicles are in theblind zone or rapidly approachingthat zone and the system is clean,the system may need service. Takethe vehicle to your dealer.

When LCA is disabled for anyreason other than the driver turningit off, the Lane Change Alert Onoption will not be available on thepersonalisation menu.

Declaration of Conformity

See Declaration ofConformity 0 337.

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)If equipped, LDW may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may provide awarning if the vehicle is crossing a

detected lane marking without usinga indicator in the lane departuredirection. Since this system is partof the Lane Keep Assist (LKA)system, read the entire LKA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel if thevehicle approaches a detected lanemarking without using a indicator inthat direction. It may also provide aLane Departure Warning (LDW)system alert as the lane marking iscrossed. The LKA system will notassist or provide an LDW alert if itdetects that you are activelysteering. Override LKA by turningthe steering wheel. LKA uses acamera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and180 km/h (112 mph).

{ Warning

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.It may not keep the vehicle in thelane or give a Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) alert, even if alane marking is detected.

The LKA and LDW systemsmay not:

. Provide an alert or enoughsteering assist to avoid alane departure or crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windscreen orheadlights are blocked bydirt, snow, or ice, if they arenot in proper condition, or ifthe sun shines directly intothe camera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

If LKA only detects lane markingson one side of the road, it willonly assist or provide an LDWalert when approaching the laneon the side where it has detecteda lane marking. Even with LKAand LDW, you must steer thevehicle. Always keep yourattention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicledamage, injury or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindscreen, headlamps andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LKA inbad weather conditions.

{ Warning

Using LKA while towing a traileror on slippery roads could causeloss of control of the vehicle anda crash. Turn the system off.

How the System Works

The LKA camera sensor is on thewindscreen ahead of the rear-viewmirror.

To turn LKA on and off, pressAon the centre console.

When on,A is green if LKA isavailable to assist and provide LDWalerts. It may assist by gentlyturning the steering wheel anddisplayA as amber if the vehicleapproaches a detected lane markingwithout using a indicator in thatdirection. It may also provide anLDW alert by flashingA amber

as the lane marking is crossed.Additionally, there will be threebeeps, or the driver seat will pulsethree times, on the right or left,depending on the lane departuredirection.

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.If LKA does not detect active driversteering, an alert and chime may beprovided. Move the steering wheelto dismiss.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The system performance may beaffected by:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, suchas when driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

. Roads with poor lane markings,such as two-lane roads.



If the LKA system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning thewindscreen may help.

LKA assistance and/or LDW alertsmay occur due to tar marks,shadows, cracks in the road,temporary or construction lanemarkings, or other roadimperfections. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice. Turn LKA off if theseconditions continue.

FuelUse the recommended fuel forproper vehicle maintenance.

If the vehicle has an LTG 2.0L L4Turbo engine, use premiumunleaded petrol with a postedoctane rating of 97 RON or higher.Regular unleaded petrol rated at95 RON or higher can be used, butacceleration and fuel economy willbe reduced, and an audibleknocking noise may be heard. If thisoccurs, use a petrol rated at97 RON or higher as soon aspossible. Otherwise, the enginecould be damaged. If heavyknocking is heard when using petrolrated at97 RON or higher, the engine needsservice.

If the vehicle has an LT4 6.2LV8 engine, use premium unleadedpetrol with a posted octane rating of97 RON or higher. If the octane isless than 97 RON, you coulddamage the engine and may voidthe vehicle warranty. If heavy

knocking is heard when using petrolrated at 97 RON octane or higher,the engine needs service.

Use of Seasonal Fuels

Use summer and winter fuels in theappropriate season. The fuelsindustry automatically modifies thefuel for the appropriate season.If fuel is left in the vehicle tank forlong periods of time, driving orstarting could be affected. Drive thevehicle until the fuel is at one-halftank or less, then refuel with thecurrent seasonal fuel.

Prohibited Fuels

Petrol containing oxygenates suchas ethers and ethanol, as well asreformulated petrol, is available insome cities. If these petrols complywith the previously describedspecification, then they areacceptable to use. However, E85(85% ethanol) and other fuelscontaining more than 15% ethanolmust be used only in FlexFuelvehicles.



Caution

Do not use fuel containingmethanol. It can corrode metalparts in the fuel system and alsodamage plastic and rubber parts.That damage would not becovered under the vehiclewarranty.

Some petrol, mainly high octaneracing petrol, can contain anoctane-enhancing additive calledmethylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl (MMT). Do not use petroland/or fuel additives with MMT asthey can reduce spark plug life andaffect emission control systemperformance. The malfunctionindicator lamp may turn on. If thisoccurs, see your dealer for service.

Fuel AdditivesPetrol should contain detergentadditives that help prevent engineand fuel system deposits fromforming. Clean fuel injectors andintake valves will allow the emissioncontrol system to work properly.

Some petrol does not containsufficient quantities of additive tokeep fuel injectors and intake valvesclean. To make up for this lack ofdetergency, add Fuel SystemTreatment PLUS to the fuel tank atevery engine oil change or every15 000 km (9,000 mi), whicheveroccurs first. It is available at yourdealer.

Filling the Tank

{ Warning

Fuel vapours and fuel fires burnviolently and can cause injury ordeath.

. To help avoid injuries to youand others, read and followall the instructions on thefuel pump island.

. Turn off the engine whenrefuelling.

. Keep sparks, flames, andsmoking materials awayfrom fuel.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended.

. Do not use a mobile phonewhile refuelling.

. Do not reenter the vehiclewhile pumping fuel.

. Keep children away fromthe fuel pump and never letchildren pump fuel.

. Fuel can spray out if therefuelling nozzle is insertedtoo quickly. This spray canhappen if the tank is nearlyfull, and is more likely in hotweather. Insert the refuellingnozzle slowly and wait forany hiss noise to stop priorto beginning to flow fuel



To open the fuel filler flap, push andrelease the rearward centre edge ofthe flap. The fuel door is lockedwhen the vehicle doors are locked.Press K on the RKE transmitter tounlock.

The vehicle has a capless refuellingsystem and does not have a fuelcap. The filling nozzle must be fullyinserted and latched prior to startingfuel flow.

{ Warning

Overfilling the fuel tank by morethan three clicks of a standard fillnozzle may cause:

. Vehicle performance issues,including engine stalling anddamage to the fuel system.

. Fuel spills.

. Potential fuel fires.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait afew seconds before removing thenozzle. After initial shutoff, do notpartially remove the nozzle to addmore fuel as this will result in fuelspillage. Clean fuel from paintedsurfaces as soon as possible. SeeExterior Care 0 315.

{ Warning

If a fire starts while you arerefuelling, do not remove thenozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or bynotifying the station attendant.Leave the area immediately.

Filling the Tank with a PortableFuel Can

If the vehicle runs out of fuel andmust be filled from a portablepetrol can:

1. Locate the capless funneladapter from under the carpetin the boot.

2. Insert and latch the funnel intothe capless fuel system.



{ Warning

Attempting to refuel without usingthe funnel adapter may cause fuelspillage and damage the caplessfuel system. This could cause afire and you or others could bebadly burned and the vehiclecould be damaged.

3. Remove and clean the funneladapter and return to thestorage location.

Filling a Portable FuelContainer

{ Warning

Filling a portable fuel containerwhile it is in the vehicle cancause fuel vapours that canignite either by static electricityor other means. You or others

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

could be badly burned and thevehicle could be damaged.Always:

. Use approved fuelcontainers.

. Remove the container fromthe vehicle, boot, or pickupbed before filling.

. Place the container on theground.

. Place the nozzle inside thefill opening of the containerbefore dispensing fuel, andkeep it in contact with the fillopening until filling iscomplete.

. Fill the container no morethan 95% full to allow forexpansion.

. Do not smoke, lightmatches, or use lighterswhile pumping fuel.

. Avoid using mobile phonesor other electronic devices.

Trailer Towing

General TowingInformationOnly use towing equipment that hasbeen designed for the vehicle.Contact your dealer or traileringdealer for assistance with preparingthe vehicle for towing a trailer. Readthe entire section before towing atrailer.

For towing a disabled vehicle, seeTowing the Vehicle 0 312. Fortowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle such as a motor home, seeRecreational Vehicle Towing 0 313.

Driving Characteristicsand Towing Tips

Driving with a Trailer

When towing a trailer:

. Become familiar with the stateand local laws that apply totrailer towing.



. Do not tow a trailer during thefirst 2 414 km (1,500 mi) toprevent damage to the engine,axle or other parts.

. Then during the first 800 km(500 mi) of trailer towing, do notdrive over 80 km/h (50 mph) anddo not make starts at full throttle.

. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).Shift the transmission to a lowergear if the transmission shiftstoo often under heavy loads and/or hilly conditions.

. Do not use Adaptive CruiseControl when towing.

. The Front Automatic BrakingSystem should be set to Offwhen towing. See FrontAutomatic Braking (FAB)System 0 236.

. Turn off Parking Assist whentowing.

{ Warning

When towing a trailer, exhaustgases may collect at the rear ofthe vehicle and enter if thetailgate, boot/hatch, or rear-mostwindow is open.

When towing a trailer:

. Do not drive with thetailgate, boot/hatch,or rear-most window open.


. Also adjust the climatecontrol system to a settingthat brings in only outsideair. See “Climate ControlSystems” in the Index.

For more information aboutcarbon monoxide, see EngineExhaust 0 201.

Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Thecombination you are driving islonger and not as responsive as the

vehicle itself. Get acquainted withthe handling and braking of the rigbefore setting out for the open road.

Before starting, check all trailer hitchparts and attachments, safetychains, electrical connectors, lamps,tyres, and mirrors. If the trailer haselectric brakes, start thecombination moving and then applythe trailer brake controller by handto be sure the brakes work.

During the trip, check occasionallyto be sure that the load is secureand the lamps and any trailerbrakes still work.

Following Distance

Stay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving the vehicle without a trailer.This can help to avoid heavybraking and sudden turns.

Overtaking

More overtaking distance is neededwhen towing a trailer. Thecombination will not accelerate asquickly and is longer so it is



necessary to go much fartherbeyond the passed vehicle beforereturning to the lane.

Reversing

Hold the bottom of the steeringwheel with one hand. To move thetrailer to the left, move that hand tothe left. To move the trailer to theright, move your hand to the right.Always reverse slowly and,if possible, have someoneguide you.

Making Turns

Caution

Making very sharp turns whiletrailering could cause the trailer tocome in contact with the vehicle.The vehicle could be damaged.Avoid making very sharp turnswhile trailering.

When turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal. Do this sothe trailer will not strike softshoulders, curbs, road signs, trees,

or other objects. Avoid jerky orsudden manoeuvres. Signal well inadvance.

If the trailer indicator bulbs burn out,the arrows on the instrument clusterwill still flash for turns. It is importantto check occasionally to be sure thetrailer bulbs are still working.

Driving on Grades

Reduce speed and shift to a lowergear before starting down a long orsteep downgrade. If thetransmission is not shifted down, thebrakes might get hot and no longerwork well.

Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shiftthe transmission to a lower gear ifthe transmission shifts too oftenunder heavy loads and/or hillyconditions.

When towing at high altitude onsteep uphill grades, consider thefollowing: Engine coolant will boil ata lower temperature than at normalaltitudes. If the engine is turned offimmediately after towing at highaltitude on steep uphill grades, thevehicle may show signs similar to

engine overheating. To avoid this,let the engine run while parked,preferably on level ground, with theautomatic transmission in P (Park)for a few minutes before turning theengine off. If the overheat warningcomes on, see EngineOverheating 0 267.

Parking on Hills

{ Warning

Parking the vehicle on a hill withthe trailer attached can bedangerous. If something goeswrong, the rig could start to move.People can be injured, and boththe vehicle and the trailer can bedamaged. When possible, alwayspark the rig on a flat surface.

If parking the rig on a hill:

1. Press the brake pedal, but donot shift into P (Park) yet. Turnthe wheels into the curb iffacing downhill or into traffic iffacing uphill.



2. Have someone place chocksunder the trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel chocks are inplace, release the regularbrakes until the chocks absorbthe load.

4. Reapply the brake pedal. Thenapply the parking brake andshift into P (Park).

5. Release the brake pedal.

Leaving After Parking on a Hill

1. Apply and hold the brakepedal.


3. Shift into a gear.

4. Release the parking brake.

5. Release the brake pedal.

6. Drive slowly until the trailer isclear of the chocks.

7. Stop and have someone pickup and store the chocks.

Maintenance when TrailerTowing

The vehicle needs service moreoften when pulling a trailer. Thingsthat are especially important intrailer operation are automatictransmission fluid, engine oil, axlelubricant, belts, cooling system andbrake system. It is a good idea toinspect these before and duringthe trip.

Check periodically to see that allhitch nuts and bolts are tight.

Trailer Towing (Saloon L4Engine)A maximum speed of 100 km/hmust not be exceeded, even incountries where higher speed limitsare permitted.

Before pulling a trailer, there arethree important considerations thathave to do with weight:

. The weight of the trailer.

. The weight of the trailer tongue.

. The total weight on yourvehicle's tyres.

Weight of the Trailer

How heavy can a trailer safely be?

It should never weigh more than1136 kg (2,500 lb). But even thatcan be too heavy.

It depends on how the rig is used.For example, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature, andhow much the vehicle is used to pulla trailer are all important. It candepend on any special equipmenton the vehicle, and the amount oftongue weight the vehicle can carry.See “Weight of the Trailer Tongue”later in this section.

Maximum trailer weight is calculatedassuming only the driver is in thetow vehicle and it has all therequired trailering equipment. Theweight of additional optionalequipment, passengers, and cargoin the tow vehicle must besubtracted from the maximum trailerweight.

Ask your dealer for traileringinformation or advice.



Weight of the Trailer Tongue

The tongue load (1) of any trailer isan important weight to measurebecause it affects the total grossweight of the vehicle. The GrossVehicle Weight (GVW) includes thecurb weight of the vehicle, anycargo carried in it and the peoplewho will be riding in the vehicle.If there are a lot of options,equipment, passengers, or cargo inthe vehicle, it will reduce the tongueweight the vehicle can carry, whichwill also reduce the trailer weight thevehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,the nose weight must be added tothe GVW because the vehicle willbe carrying that weight, too. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 190.

The trailer tongue (1) should weigh4 percent of the total loaded trailerweight (2).

After loading the trailer, weigh thetrailer and then the tongue,separately, to see if the weights areproper. If they are not, adjustmentsmight be made by moving someitems around in the trailer.

Total Weight on Your Vehicle'sTyres

Be sure the vehicle's tyres areinflated to the upper limit for coldtyres. These numbers can be found

on the Tyre and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limits0 190. Make sure not to go over theGVW limit for the vehicle, includingthe weight of the trailer tongue.

Trailer Towing (SaloonV6 and V-Series)The vehicle is neither designed norintended to tow a trailer.

Towing Equipment(Sedan With L4 Engine)

Hitches

Use the correct hitch equipment.See your dealer or a hitch dealer forassistance.

. The rear bumper on the vehicleis not intended for hitches. Donot attach rental hitches or otherbumper-type hitches to it. Useonly a frame-mounted hitch thatdoes not attach to the bumper.



. Will any holes be made in thebody of the vehicle when thetrailer hitch is installed? If so,seal the holes when the hitch isremoved. If the holes are notsealed, dirt, water and deadlycarbon monoxide (CO) from theexhaust can get into the vehicle.See Engine Exhaust 0 201.

Safety Chains

Always attach chains between thevehicle and the trailer. Cross thesafety chains under the tongue ofthe trailer to help prevent the tonguefrom contacting the road if itbecomes separated from the hitch.Leave enough slack so the rig canturn. Never allow safety chains todrag on the ground.

Trailer Brakes

Does the trailer have its ownbrakes? Be sure to read and followthe instructions for the trailer brakesso they are installed, adjusted andmaintained properly.

Because the vehicle has antilockbrakes, do not tap into the vehicle'sbrake system. If this is done, bothbrake systems will not work well orat all.

Towing Equipment(Saloon V6 and V-Series)The vehicle is neither designed norintended to tow a trailer.

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Malfunction IndicatorLamp (Check Engine Light) 0 119.A device connected to the DLC —such as an aftermarket fleetor driver-behaviour trackingdevice — may interfere withvehicle systems. This could affectvehicle operation and cause acrash. Such devices may alsoaccess information stored in thevehicle's systems.



Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents not to work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 81 and Adding Equipmentto the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 82.


252 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 253Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your OwnService Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Engine CompartmentOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 260Automatic TransmissionFluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 261Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 267Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 273

Automatic Transmission ShiftLock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 273

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 274Windscreen Replacement . . . . 274

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275High Intensity Discharge (HID)Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Number Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 276Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Electrical SystemElectrical System Overload . . . 277Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 278Engine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Wheels and TyresTyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286All-Season Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Winter Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Run-Flat Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Low-Profile Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Summer Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Tyre Pressure for High-SpeedOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

Tyre Pressure MonitorSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

Tyre Pressure MonitorOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

Tyre Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Tyre Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295When It Is Time for NewTyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Buying New Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Different Size Tyres andWheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

Wheel Alignment and TyreBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 300Tyre Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301If a Tyre Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Tyre Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Storing the Tyre Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309


Vehicle Care 253

Jump StartingJump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 312Recreational VehicleTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine parts and trained andsupported service people.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like anti-lockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorise the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 82.


254 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Airbag SystemCheck 0 82.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed.

Caution

Even small amounts ofcontamination can cause damageto vehicle systems. Do not allowcontaminants to contact the fluids,reservoir caps, or dipsticks.

BonnetTo open the bonnet:

1. Pull the bonnet release leverwith this symbol on it. It is onthe lower left side of theinstrument panel.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle tofind the secondary bonnetrelease handle. The handle isunder the front edge of thebonnet near the centre. Pushthe handle to the right and atthe same time raise thebonnet.

To close the bonnet:

Before closing the bonnet, be sureall filler caps are on properly. Then,bring the bonnet from full open towithin 152 mm (6 in) of the closedposition. Pause, then push the frontcentre of the bonnet with a swift,firm motion to fully close the bonnet.


Vehicle Care 255

Engine Compartment Overview

2.0L L4 LTG Engine


256 Vehicle Care

1. Windscreen Washer FluidReservoir. See WasherFluid 0 268.

2. Remote Positive (+) BatteryTerminal. See JumpStarting 0 310.

3. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 278.

4. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap. SeeCooling System 0 263.

5. Remote Negative (-) BatteryTerminal. See JumpStarting 0 310.

6. Engine Oil Fill Cap. SeeEngine Oil 0 258.

7. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See CoolingSystem 0 263.

8. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 258.

9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 261.

10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 270.


Vehicle Care 257

6.2L V8 LT4 Engine


258 Vehicle Care

1. Windscreen Washer FluidReservoir. See WasherFluid 0 268.

2. Remote Positive (+) BatteryTerminal. See JumpStarting 0 310.

3. Engine Compartment FuseBlock 0 278.

4. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap. SeeCooling System 0 263.

5. Remote Negative (-) BatteryTerminal. See JumpStarting 0 310.

6. Engine Oil Dipstick. SeeEngine Oil 0 258.

7. Engine Cooling Fan (Out ofView). See CoolingSystem 0 263.

8. Engine Oil Fill Cap (Out ofView). See Engine Oil 0 258.

9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 261.

10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 270.

Engine OilTo ensure proper engineperformance and long life, carefulattention must be paid to engine oil.Following these simple, butimportant steps will help protectyour investment:

. Use engine oil approved to theproper specification and of theproper viscosity grade. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”in this section.

. Check the engine oil levelregularly and maintain theproper oil level. See “CheckingEngine Oil” and “When to AddEngine Oil” in this section.

. Change the engine oil at theappropriate time. See Engine OilLife System 0 260.

. Always dispose of engine oilproperly. See “What to Do withUsed Oil” in this section.

Checking Engine Oil

It is a good idea to check the engineoil level at each fuel fill. In order toget an accurate reading, the vehicle

must be on level ground. Theengine oil dipstick handle is a loop.See Engine Compartment Overview0 255 for the location of the engineoil dipstick.

1. If the engine has been runningrecently, turn off the engine andallow several minutes for the oilto drain back into the oil sump.Checking the oil level too soonafter engine shutoff will notprovide an accurate oil levelreading.

{ Warning

The engine oil dipstick handlemay be hot; it could burn you.Use a towel or glove to touch thedipstick handle.

2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe itwith a clean paper towel orcloth, then push it back in allthe way. Remove it again,keeping the tip down, andcheck the level.


Vehicle Care 259

When to Add Engine Oil

2.0L L4 Engine

6.2L V8 Engine

If the oil is below the cross-hatchedarea at the tip of the dipstick, add1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oiland then recheck the level. See“Selecting the Right Engine Oil” inthis section for an explanation ofwhat kind of oil to use. For engineoil crankcase capacity, seeCapacities and Specifications 0 333.

Caution

Do not add too much oil. Oillevels above or below theacceptable operating rangeshown on the dipstick are harmfulto the engine. If you find that youhave an oil level above theoperating range, i.e., the enginehas so much oil that the oil levelgets above the cross-hatchedarea that shows the properoperating range, the engine couldbe damaged. You should drainout the excess oil or limit drivingof the vehicle and seek a serviceprofessional to remove theexcess amount of oil.

See Engine Compartment Overview0 255 for the location of the engineoil fill cap.

Add enough oil to put the levelsomewhere in the proper operatingrange. Push the dipstick all the wayback in when done.

Selecting the Right Engine Oil

Selecting the right engine oildepends on both the proper oilspecification and viscosity grade.See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 328.

Specification

Ask for and use engine oils thatmeet the dexos2™ specification.

Engine oils that have beenapproved by GM as meeting thedexos2 specification are markedwith the dexos2 approved logo.

Caution

Use only engine oil that isapproved to the dexos2specification or equivalent engineoil as defined in the preceding

(Continued)


260 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

paragraph. Failure to use therecommended engine oil canresult in engine damage notcovered by the vehicle warranty.

Viscosity Grade

Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity gradeengine oil.

Cold Temperature Operation: In anarea of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −29 °C (−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be used.An oil of this viscosity grade willprovide easier cold starting for theengine at extremely lowtemperatures. When selecting an oilof the appropriate viscosity grade, itis recommended to select an oil ofthe correct specification. See“Specification” earlier in this section.

Engine Oil Additives/EngineOil Flushes

Do not add anything to the oil. Therecommended oils meeting thedexos2 specification are all that isneeded for good performance andengine protection.

Engine oil system flushes are notrecommended and could causeengine damage not covered by thevehicle warranty.

What to Do with Used Oil

Used engine oil contains certainelements that can be unhealthy foryour skin and could even causecancer. Do not let used oil stay onyour skin for very long. Clean yourskin and nails with soap and water,or a good hand cleaner. Wash orproperly dispose of clothing or ragscontaining used engine oil. See themanufacturer's warnings about theuse and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to theenvironment. If you change yourown oil, be sure to drain all the oilfrom the filter before disposal. Neverdispose of oil by putting it in the

trash or pouring it on the ground,into sewers, or into streams orbodies of water. Recycle it by takingit to a place that collects used oil.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine Oil

This vehicle has a computer systemthat indicates when to change theengine oil and filter. This is basedon a combination of factors whichinclude engine revolutions, enginetemperature, and miles driven.Based on driving conditions, themileage at which an oil change isindicated can vary considerably. Forthe oil life system to work properly,the system must be reset every timethe oil is changed.

When the system has calculatedthat oil life has been diminished, itindicates that an oil change isnecessary. A CHANGE ENGINEOIL SOON message comes on. SeeEngine Oil Messages 0 137.Change the oil as soon as possiblewithin the next 1 000 km (600 mi).It is possible that, if driving underthe best conditions, the oil life


Vehicle Care 261

system might indicate that an oilchange is not necessary for up to ayear. The engine oil and filter mustbe changed at least once a yearand, at this time, the system mustbe reset. Your dealer has trainedservice people who will perform thiswork and reset the system. It is alsoimportant to check the oil regularlyover the course of an oil draininterval and keep it at the properlevel.

If the system is ever resetaccidentally, the oil must bechanged at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)since the last oil change.Remember to reset the oil lifesystem whenever the oil is changed.

After you change the oil, the oil lifemonitor will need to be reset. Seeyour dealer for service.

See OIL LIFE REMAINING underDriver Information Centre (DIC)0 129 for information on the engineoil life monitor.

Automatic TransmissionFluid

How to Check AutomaticTransmission Fluid

It is not necessary to check thetransmission fluid level.A transmission fluid leak is the onlyreason for fluid loss. If a leakoccurs, take the vehicle to yourdealer and have it repaired as soonas possible.

The vehicle is not equipped with atransmission fluid level dipstick.There is a special procedure forchecking and changing thetransmission fluid. Because thisprocedure is difficult, this should bedone at the dealer. Contact thedealer for additional information.

Change the fluid and filter at theintervals listed in ScheduledMaintenance 0 325, and be sure touse the fluid listed in RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 328.

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterThe engine air cleaner/filter is in theengine compartment on the driverside of the vehicle. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 255.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

For intervals on changing andinspecting the engine air cleaner/filter, see ScheduledMaintenance 0 325.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/Filter

Do not start the engine or have theengine running with the engine aircleaner/filter housing open. Beforeremoving the engine air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine aircleaner/filter housing and nearbycomponents are free of dirt anddebris. Remove the engine aircleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shakethe engine air cleaner/filter (awayfrom the vehicle), to release loosedust and dirt. Inspect the engine aircleaner/filter for damage, andreplace if damaged. Do not clean


262 Vehicle Care

the engine air cleaner/filter orcomponents with water orcompressed air.

To inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter:

2.0L L4 LTG Engine

1. Remove the screws on top ofthe air cleaner/filter cover.

2. Lift the air cleaner/filter coveraway from the air cleaner/filterhousing.

3. Pull out the air cleaner/filter.

4. Inspect or replace the aircleaner/filter.

5. Reverse Steps 1-3 to reinstallthe air cleaner/filter cover.

6.2L V8 LT4 Engine

1. Remove the screws on top ofthe air cleaner/filter cover.

2. Lift the air cleaner/filter coveraway from the air cleaner/filterhousing.

3. Pull out the air cleaner/filter.

4. Inspect or replace the engineair cleaner/filter.

5. Reverse Steps 1-3 to reinstallthe air cleaner/filter cover.

{ Warning

Operating the engine with the aircleaner/filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. The aircleaner not only cleans the air; ithelps to stop flames if the enginebackfires. Use caution whenworking on the engine and do notdrive with the air cleaner/filter off.

Caution

If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirtcan easily get into the engine,which could damage it. Alwayshave the air cleaner/filter in placewhen you are driving.


Vehicle Care 263

Cooling SystemThe cooling system allows theengine to maintain the correctworking temperature.

2.0L L4 LTG Engine

1. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap

2. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

6.2L V8 LT4 Engine

1. Engine Coolant Surge Tankand Pressure Cap

2. Engine Cooling Fan (Outof View)

{ Warning

An electric engine cooling fanunder the bonnet can start upeven when the engine is notrunning and can cause injury.Keep hands, clothing, and toolsaway from any underbonnetelectric fan.

{ Warning

Heater and radiator hoses, andother engine parts, can be veryhot. Do not touch them. If you do,you can be burned.

Do not run the engine if there is aleak. If you run the engine, itcould lose all coolant. That couldcause an engine fire, and youcould be burned. Get any leakfixed before you drive the vehicle.

Caution

Using coolant other thanDEX-COOL® can causepremature engine, heater core,or radiator corrosion. In addition,the engine coolant could requirechanging sooner. Any repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always useDEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolantin the vehicle.


264 Vehicle Care

Engine CoolantThe cooling system in the vehicle isfilled with DEX-COOL enginecoolant. See ScheduledMaintenance 0 325 andRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 328.

The following explains the coolingsystem and how to check and addcoolant when it is low. If there is aproblem with engine overheating,see Engine Overheating 0 267.

What to Use

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system is setfor the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

overheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you or otherscould be burned. Use a50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant.

Use a 50/50 mixture of cleandrinkable water and DEX-COOLcoolant. This mixture:

. Gives freezing protection downto −37 °C (−34 °F), outsidetemperature.

. Gives boiling protection up to129 °C (265 °F), enginetemperature.

. Protects against rust andcorrosion.

. Will not damage aluminiumparts.

. Helps keep the proper enginetemperature.

Caution

If improper coolant mixture,inhibitors, or additives are used inthe vehicle cooling system, theengine could overheat and bedamaged. Too much water in themixture can freeze and crackengine cooling parts. The repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Use only theproper mixture of engine coolantfor the cooling system. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 328.

Never dispose of engine coolant byputting it in the refuse, pouring it onthe ground, or into sewers, streams,or bodies of water. Have the coolantchanged by an authorised servicecentre, familiar with legalrequirements regarding usedcoolant disposal. This will helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.


Vehicle Care 265

Checking Coolant

The vehicle must be on a levelsurface when checking the coolantlevel.

It is normal to see coolant moving inthe upper coolant hose return linewhen the engine is running. It isalso normal to see bubbles enteringthe surge tank through thesmall hose.

Check to see if coolant is visible inthe coolant surge tank. If the coolantinside the coolant surge tank isboiling, do not do anything else untilit cools down.

If coolant is visible but the coolantlevel is not at or above the COLDFILL line, add a 50/50 mixture ofclean drinkable water andDEX-COOL coolant.

Be sure the cooling system is coolbefore this is done.

It is normal for the coolant level inthe bottom chamber to rise and fallwith operating temperature andambient conditions. Coolant willevaporate from the bottom chamberin normal operation. This will

happen faster when the vehicle isdriven for long periods in hot, dryconditions.

If no coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank, add coolant as follows:

How to Add Coolant to theCoolant Surge Tank

Caution

This vehicle has a specificcoolant fill procedure. Failure tofollow this procedure could causethe engine to overheat and beseverely damaged.

If no problem is found, check to seeif coolant is visible in the coolantsurge tank. If coolant is visible butthe coolant level is not at the bottomof the fill neck, add a 50/50 mixtureof clean, drinkable water andDEX-COOL coolant at the coolantsurge tank, but be sure the coolingsystem, including the coolant surgetank pressure cap, is cool beforeyou do it.

{ Warning

Steam and scalding liquids from ahot cooling system can blow outand burn you badly. Never turnthe cap when the cooling system,including the surge tank pressurecap, is hot. Wait for the coolingsystem and surge tank pressurecap to cool.

{ Warning

Adding only plain water or someother liquid to the cooling systemcan be dangerous. Plain waterand other liquids, can boil beforethe proper coolant mixture will.The coolant warning system is setfor the proper coolant mixture.With plain water or the wrongmixture, the engine could get toohot but you would not get theoverheat warning. The enginecould catch fire and you or others

(Continued)


266 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

could be burned. Use a50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and DEX-COOL coolant.

Caution

In cold weather, water can freezeand crack the engine, radiator,heater core, and other parts. Usethe recommended coolant andthe proper coolant mixture.

{ Warning

You can be burned if you spillcoolant on hot engine parts.Coolant contains ethylene glycoland it will burn if the engine partsare hot enough. Do not spillcoolant on a hot engine.

1. Remove the coolant surge tankpressure cap from the topchamber when the coolingsystem, including the coolant

surge tank pressure cap andupper radiator hose, is nolonger hot.

Turn the pressure cap slowlyanticlockwise. If you hear ahiss, wait for that to stop. Thiswill allow any pressure still leftto be vented out thedischarge hose.

2. Keep turning the pressure capslowly and remove it. Open thesurge tank service port cap tothe lower chamber. The serviceport is behind the top chamber.

3. Fill the surge tank top chamberwith the proper DEX-COOLcoolant mixture to the bottomof the fill neck. The topchamber needs to becompletely full. Fill the surgetank bottom chamber throughthe service port toapproximately half.

4. With the coolant surge tankpressure cap off and the surgetank service port cap open,start the engine and let it rununtil you can feel the upperradiator hose getting hot.Watch out for the enginecooling fan(s).

By this time, the coolant levelinside the coolant surge tanktop chamber may be lower.If the level is lower, add moreof the proper DEX-COOLcoolant mixture to the surgetank top chamber until the levelreaches the bottom of thefill neck.

5. Replace the surge tankpressure cap tightly and closethe surge tank service port cap.


Vehicle Care 267

Caution

If the pressure cap is not tightlyinstalled, coolant loss andpossible engine damage mayoccur. Be sure the cap is properlyand tightly secured.

Check the level in the surge tanktop and bottom chambers when thecooling system has cooled down.If the coolant is not at the properlevels, repeat Steps 1–3 andreinstall the pressure cap and closethe service port. If the coolant still isnot at the proper levels when thesystem cools down again, see yourdealer.

Engine OverheatingThe vehicle has an indicator to warnof the engine overheating.

If the decision is made not to lift thebonnet when this warning appears,get service help right away.

If the decision is made to lift thebonnet, make sure the vehicle isparked on a level surface.

Then check to see if the enginecooling fan is running. If the engineis overheating, the fan should berunning. If it is not, do not continueto run the engine. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Running the engine withoutcoolant may cause damage or afire. Vehicle damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment

{ Warning

Steam from an overheated enginecan burn you badly, even if youjust open the bonnet. Stay awayfrom the engine if you see or hearsteam coming from it. Just turn itoff and get everyone away fromthe vehicle until it cools down.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Wait until there is no sign ofsteam or coolant before you openthe bonnet.

If you keep driving when theengine is overheated, the liquidsin it can catch fire. You or otherscould be badly burned. Stop theengine if it overheats, and get outof the vehicle until the engineis cool.

If Steam Is Coming from theEngine Compartment with NoOverheat Warning(V-Series Only)

The V-Series bonnet vent isfunctional, and will allow water fromrain and car washes to enter theengine compartment and contacthot surfaces. If steam is seencoming from the bonnet vent with noaccompanying overheat warning, noaction is required.


268 Vehicle Care

If No Steam Is Coming fromthe Engine Compartment

If an engine overheat warning isdisplayed but no steam can be seenor heard, the problem may not betoo serious. Sometimes the enginecan get a little too hot when thevehicle:

. Climbs a long hill on a hot day.

. Stops after high-speed driving.

. Idles for long periods in traffic.

If the overheat warning is displayedwith no sign of steam:

1. Turn the air conditioning off.

2. Turn the heater on to thehighest temperature and to thehighest fan speed. Open thewindows as necessary.

3. When it is safe to do so, pull offthe road, shift to P (Park) orN (Neutral) and let theengine idle.

If the overheat warning no longerdisplays, the vehicle can be driven.Continue to drive the vehicle slowlyfor about 10 minutes. Keep a safevehicle distance from the vehicle in

front. If the warning does not comeback on, continue to drive normallyand have the cooling systemchecked for proper fill and function.

If the warning continues, pull over,stop, and park the vehicleright away.

If there is no sign of steam, idle theengine for three minutes whileparked. If the warning is stilldisplayed, turn off the engine until itcools down.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windscreen washer fluid isneeded, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature may fallbelow freezing, use a fluid that hassufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 255 forreservoir location.

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindscreen washer. It candamage the windscreenwasher system and paint.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 269

Caution (Continued)

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allowsfor fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or be

heard all the time when the vehicleis moving, except when applying thebrake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

If equipped with high performancebrake linings, there could be anincreased build-up of brake dust aswell as minor noises as comparedto standard brake linings.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tyres are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 333.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.


270 Vehicle Care

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or parts are improperlyinstalled.

Cold Weather Brake Operation(CTS-V Model)

High performance brakecomponents may bind and clunkwhen moving the vehicle. This maybe noticeable after parking when thebrakes have been wet, such aswhen driving in the rain or after acar wash. This is normal for brakeswith high friction pads and does notaffect the operation of the brakes.Apply the brakes several times untilthe binding or clunking stops. Drivethe vehicle and apply the brakesseveral times if it is washed beforelong-term storage.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with GM approved DOT 3brake fluid as indicated on thereservoir cap. See EngineCompartment Overview 0 255 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on alevel surface, the brake fluid levelshould be between the minimumand maximum marks on the brakefluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system. Have thebrake hydraulic system fixed.With a leak, the brakes will notwork well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

{ Warning

If too much brake fluid is added, itcan spill on the engine and burn,if the engine is hot enough. Youor others could be burned, andthe vehicle could be damaged.Add brake fluid only when work isdone on the brake hydraulicsystem.


Vehicle Care 271

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 121.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluidat the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeScheduled Maintenance 0 325.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 328.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

BatteryThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

The battery is in the boot, under thefloor panel. Refer to thereplacement number shown on theoriginal battery label when a newbattery is needed.

{ Warning

Batteries should not be disposedof with regular refuse. Make surethat you dispose of old batteriesin accordance with environmentalprotection regulations to helpprotect the environment and yourhealth.

{ Warning

Do not use a match or flame neara vehicle's battery. If you needmore light, use a torch.

Do not smoke near a vehicle'sbattery.

When working around a vehicle'sbattery, shield your eyes withprotective glasses.

Keep children away from vehiclebatteries.


272 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be hurt badly if you arenot careful.

Follow instructions carefully whenworking around a battery.

Battery posts, terminals andrelated accessories contain leadand lead compounds which cancause cancer and reproductiveharm. Wash hands after handling.

Vehicle Storage

Infrequent Usage: Remove theblack, negative (-) cable from thebattery to keep the battery fromrunning down.

Extended Storage: Remove theblack, negative (-) cable from thebattery or use a battery tricklecharger.

All-Wheel DriveIf the vehicle is equipped withAll-Wheel-Drive (AWD), this is anadditional system that needslubrication.

Transfer Case

When to Check Lubricant

It is not necessary to regularlycheck the transfer case fluid unlessa leak is suspected or an unusualnoise is heard. A fluid loss couldindicate a problem. Have itinspected and repaired.

How to Check Lubricant

1. Fill Plug2. Drain Plug


Vehicle Care 273

To get an accurate reading, thevehicle should be on a levelsurface.

If the level is below the bottom ofthe fill plug hole, on the transfercase, some lubricant will need to beadded. Add enough lubricant toraise the level to the bottom of thefill plug hole. Use care not toovertighten the fill plug.

What to Use

Refer to Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 328 to determine whatkind of lubricant to use.

Starter Switch Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Firmly apply both the parkingbrake and the regular brake.Do not use the acceleratorpedal, and be ready to turn offthe engine immediately if itstarts.

3. Try to start the engine in eachgear. The vehicle should startonly in P (Park) or N (Neutral).If the vehicle starts in any otherposition, contact your dealer forservice.

Automatic TransmissionShift Lock ControlFunction Check

{ Warning

When you are doing thisinspection, the vehicle couldmove suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could beinjured.

1. Before starting this check, besure there is enough roomaround the vehicle. It should beparked on a level surface.

2. Firmly apply the parking brake.See Electric ParkingBrake 0 207.

Be ready to apply the regularbrake immediately if the vehiclebegins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn theignition on, but do not start theengine. Without applying theregular brake, try to move thegear lever out of P (Park) withnormal effort. If the shift levermoves out of P (Park), contactyour dealer for service.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injured

(Continued)


274 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

and property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins toroll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, applythe parking brake.

. To check the parking brake'sholding ability: With the enginerunning and the transmission inN (Neutral), slowly remove footpressure from the regular brakepedal. Do this until the vehicle isheld by the parking brake only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the engine running, shift toP (Park). Then release theparking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade ReplacementWindscreen wiper blades should beinspected for wear and cracking.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For proper type andlength, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 329.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windscreen when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windscreen. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindscreen.

To replace the windscreen wiperblade:

1. Pull the windscreen wiperassembly away from thewindscreen. The passengerside wiper arm has limitedtravel.

2. Press the button in the middleof the wiper arm connector,and pull the wiper blade awayfrom the arm connector.

3. Remove the wiper blade.

4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Windscreen Replacement

HUD System

The windscreen is part of the HUDsystem. If the windscreen must bereplaced, get one that is designedfor HUD or the HUD image maylook out of focus.


Vehicle Care 275

Driver Assistance Systems

When a windscreen replacement isneeded and the vehicle is equippedwith a front-looking camera sensorfor the Driver Assistance Systems,the windscreen must be installedaccording to GM specifications forthese systems to work properly. If itis not, there may be unexpectedbehaviour and/or messages fromthese systems. See ObjectDetection System Messages 0 139.

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp alignment has beenpreset and should need no furtheradjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp alignment may beaffected. If adjustment to theheadlamps is necessary, see yourdealer.

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, see ReplacementBulbs 0 277.

For any bulb-changing procedurenot listed in this section, contactyour dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurisedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.


276 Vehicle Care

High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting

{ Warning

The high intensity dischargelighting system operates at a veryhigh voltage. If you try to serviceany of the system components,you could be seriously injured.Have your dealer or a qualifiedtechnician service them.

After an HID headlamp bulb hasbeen replaced, the beam might be aslightly different shade than it wasoriginally. This is normal.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

Number Plate Lamp

Lamp Assembly

Bulb Assembly

1. Bulb Socket

2. Bulb3. Lamp Assembly

To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Push the lamp assembly (3)toward the centre of thevehicle.

2. Pull the lamp assembly downto remove.

3. Turn the bulb socket (1)anticlockwise to remove it fromthe lamp assembly (3).

4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket (1).

5. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socketand turn the bulb socketclockwise to install it into thelamp assembly.

6. Push the lamp assembly backinto position until the releasetab locks into place.


Vehicle Care 277

Replacement BulbsExterior Lamp Bulb

Number

NumberPlate Lamp

W5W LL

For replacement bulbs not listedhere, contact your dealer.

Electrical System

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectpower devices in the vehicle.

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can beborrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windscreen Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windscreenwipers will stop. Wiper function isavailable immediately after the wiperswitch is set to off, and back to on.

To protect the wiper motor fromoverheating, the wipers may slowdown when the windscreen is dryfor a long period of time. If a periodof dry operation, or little moisture,exceeds 10 minutes, the wipersmay switch to intermittent operation,and remain there. When moisture isagain detected on the windscreen,wiper operation will return to theoperator selected speed.


278 Vehicle Care

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice maycause wiper linkage damage.Always clear ice and heavy snowfrom the windscreen before usingthe windscreen wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused byelectrical problems.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-coloured band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.

To identify and check fuses, circuitbreakers, and relays, see EngineCompartment Fuse Block 0 278,Instrument Panel Fuse Block 0 281,and Rear Compartment FuseBlock 0 283.

Engine CompartmentFuse BlockThe underbonnet fuse block is onthe passenger side of the enginecompartment.

Lift the fuse block cover to accessthe fuses.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses and relaysshown.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.


Vehicle Care 279

Number Usage

1 Not used

2 Not used

Number Usage

*3 Passengermotorized seat belt

Number Usage

4 Not used

5 Not used

6 Driver power seat

7 Not used

*8 Headlamp washerrelay

9 Not used

10 Not used

11 Not used

12 Not used

13 Passengerpower seat

14 Not used

15 Front wiper

16 Not used

*17 Headlamp washer

18 Not used

19 Anti-lock brakesystem pump

20 Anti-lock brakesystem valve


280 Vehicle Care

Number Usage

21 Not used

*22 Driver motorizedseat belt

23 Wiper control relay

24 Wiper speed relay

25 Engine controlmodule relay

26 Not used

27 Spare/Heatedseat 2

28 Spare/ReverseLock Out

*29 AFS AHL/pedestrianprotection

30 Not used

31 Passenger WindowSwitch

32 Not used

33 Sunroof

34 Front wiper

*35 Steeringcolumn lock

Number Usage

36 Rear BussedElectrical Centre

37 Spare/MIL ignition

38 Spare/PT Fuse

39 O2 sensor

40 Ignition coil injector

41 Spare/Ignition coilinjector

42 Engine controlmodule

43 Not used

44 Not used

45 Washer

46 Not used

47 Front washer relay

48 IP body ignition

49 Fuel system controlmodule ignition

50 Heated steeringwheel

51 Engine controlmodule ignition

Number Usage

52 Transmissioncontrol moduleignition

*53 Coolant pump

*54 Coolant pump relay

55 Not used

56 Transmissioncontrol module/spare

*57 Headlight dippedrelay

58 Headlight mainrelay

59 Run/crank relay

*60 Starter 2 relay

*61 Vacuum pump relay

62 Starter relay

63 Air conditioningcontrol relay

*64 Automatic headlamps

*65 Left high intensitydischarge


Vehicle Care 281

Number Usage

*66 Right high intensitydischarge

67 Head lamp high left/right

68 Aero shutter

69 Horn

70 Horn relay

71 Cooling fan

*72 Starter 2

*73 Brakevacuum pump

74 Starter

75 Air conditioningclutch

76 Not used

* Optional

Instrument Panel FuseBlockThe instrument panel fuse block isin the end of the driver side of theinstrument panel.

To access the fuses, remove theend panel by gently prying with aplastic tool near each clip, beginningat the point shown.

To install the end cover, insert thetabs on the back of the cover intothe slots in the instrument panel atthe points shown. Align the clipswith the slots in the instrumentpanel, and press the cover intoplace.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses and relaysshown.


282 Vehicle Care

MiniFuses Usage

2 Motorizedcupholder

MiniFuses Usage

3 Electric steeringcolumn lock

MiniFuses Usage

4 Data link connector

5 Heater, ventilation,and air conditioningcontrol

6 Tilt and telescopingsteering column

8 Spare

9 Glove box release

10 Shunt

11 Body controlmodule 1


13 Spare

14 Spare

15 Spare

16 Spare

17 Spare

18 Spare

19 Spare

20 Spare

21 Spare


Vehicle Care 283

MiniFuses Usage

22 Sensing diagnosticmodule/ Automaticoccupant sensing

23 Radio/DVD/Heater/Ventilation/ Airconditioning

24 Display

25 Heated steeringwheel

26 Wireless charger

27 Steering wheelswitches

28 Spare

29 Visor

30 Spare

J CaseFuses

Usage

31 Spare

32 Spare

33 Front Heater/Ventilation/Airconditioning blower

CircuitBreakers

Usage

CB1 Retained accessorypower/Accessorypower socket power

CB7 Spare

Relays Usage

K10 Retained accessorypower/Accessory

K605 Logistics

K644 Glove box release

Rear Compartment FuseBlock

The rear compartment fuse block isbehind a cover on the driver side ofthe rear compartment.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.


284 Vehicle Care

Number Usage

*1 Electronic limitedslip differential/DCDC transformer

2 Left window


*4 A/C inverter

5 Passive entrypassive startbattery 1


7 Heated mirrors

8 Amplifier

9 Rear windowdemister

10 Glass break

*11 Trailer connector

12 OnStar (if equipped)

13 Right window

14 Electric parkingbrake

15 Not used


Vehicle Care 285

Number Usage

16 Boot release

*17 Run relay

*18 Logistics relay

*19 Logistics fuse

20 Rear windowdemister relay

21 Mirror windowmodule

22 Not used

23 Canister vent


*25 Rear vision camera

*26 Front ventilatedseats

*27 SBZA/LDW/EOCM

*28 Trailer/Sunshade

*29 Rear heated seats

*30 Semi-activedamping system

Number Usage

*31 Transfer casecontrol module/Electronic limitedslip differential

32 Theft module/Universal garagedoor opener/Rainsensor

*33 UPA

*34 Radio, DVD

35 Spare

*36 Trailer

37 Fuel pump, fuelsystem controlmodule

38 Not used

39 Not used

40 Not used

41 Not used

*42 Memory seatmodule


Number Usage

44 Not used

45 Battery regulatedvoltage control

46 Engine controlmodule battery

47 Not used

48 Not used

*49 Trailer module

50 Door lock security

51 Rear closurerelease

52 Not used

53 Not used

54 Door lock security

55 Not used

*56 Fuel door

* Optional


286 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Tyres

TyresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tyres made by aleading tyre manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tyrewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tyremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tyres aredangerous.

. Overloading the tyrescan cause overheatingas a result of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 190.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tyres posethe same danger asoverloaded tyres. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tyres frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tyre pressure should bechecked when the tyresare cold.

. Overinflated tyres aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact - suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tyres at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tyres cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tyres thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tyrescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorised tyre servicecentre should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tyres.

. Do not spin the tyres inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetyres to explode.

See Tyre Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation 0 290 forinflation pressure adjustment forhigh-speed driving.


Vehicle Care 287

All-Season TyresThis vehicle may come withall-season tyres. These tyres aredesigned to provide good overallperformance on most road surfacesand weather conditions. Originalequipment tyres designed to GM'sspecific tyre performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemoulded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tyres can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tyres onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tyres provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertyres on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tyres 0 287.

Winter TyresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tyres. Wintertyres are designed for increased

traction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertyres on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow coveredroads is expected. See your dealerfor details regarding winter tyreavailability and proper tyreselection. Also, see Buying NewTyres 0 298.

With winter tyres, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise and shortertread life. After changing to wintertyres, be alert for changes in thevehicle handling and braking.

If using winter tyres:

. Use tyres of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tyres of thesame size, load range andspeed rating as the originalequipment tyres.

Winter tyres with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttyres may not be available for H, V,W, Y and ZR speed rated tyres.

If winter tyres with a lower speedrating are chosen, never exceed thetyre's maximum speed capability.

Run-Flat TyresThis vehicle, when new, may havehad run-flat tyres. There is no sparetyre, no tyre changing equipmentand no place to store a tyre in thevehicle.

The vehicle also has a TyrePressure Monitor System (TPMS)that indicates a loss of tyre pressurein any of the tyres.

{ Warning

If the low tyre warning lightdisplays on the instrument cluster,the handling capabilities will bereduced during severemanoeuvres. Driving too fastcould cause loss of control andyou or others could be injured. Donot drive over 90 km/h (55 mph)when the low tyre warning light is

(Continued)


288 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued)

displayed. Drive cautiously andcheck the tyre pressures as soonas possible.

Run-flat tyres can be driven on withno air pressure. There is no need tostop on the side of the road tochange the tyre. Continue driving;however, do not drive too far or toofast. Driving on the tyre may not bepossible if there is permanentdamage. To prevent permanentdamage, keep speed below 80 km/h(50 mph). With a light load thevehicle can be driven up to 100 km(60 mi); with a moderate load 80 km(50 mi); and a heavy load 45 km(25 mi). As soon as possible,contact the nearest authorised GMor run-flat servicing facility forinspection and repair orreplacement.

When driving on a deflated run-flattyre, avoid potholes and other roadhazards that could damage the tyreand/or wheel beyond repair. When atyre has been damaged, or driven

any distance while deflated, checkwith an authorised run-flat tyreservice centre to determine whetherthe tyre can be repaired or shouldbe replaced. To maintain the run-flatfeature, all replacement tyres mustbe run-flat tyres.

To locate the nearest GM or run-flatservicing facility, call CustomerAssistance.

The valve stems on run-flat tyreshave sensors that are part of theTPMS. See Tyre Pressure MonitorSystem 0 291. These sensorscontain batteries that are designedto last for 10 years under normaldriving conditions. See your dealerfor wheel or sensor replacement.

Caution

Using liquid sealants can damagethe tyre valves and tyre pressuremonitor sensors in the run-flattyres. This damage is not coveredby the vehicle warranty. Do notuse liquid sealants in run-flattyres.

Low-Profile TyresIf the vehicle has 265/35ZR19 or295/30ZR19 size tyres, they areclassified as low-profile tyres.

Caution

Low-profile tyres are moresusceptible to damage from roadhazards or curb impact thanstandard profile tyres. Tyre and/orwheel assembly damage canoccur when coming into contactwith road hazards like potholes,or sharp edged objects, or whensliding into a kerb. The warrantydoes not cover this type ofdamage. Keep tyres set to thecorrect inflation pressure andwhen possible, avoid contact withkerbs, potholes, and other roadhazards.


Vehicle Care 289

Summer TyresHigh Performance Summer Tyres

This vehicle may come with 245/40R18 (front) and 275/35R18 (rear)high performance summer tyres.These tyres have a special treadand compound that are optimisedfor maximum dry and wet roadperformance. This special tread andcompound will have decreasedperformance in cold climates, andon ice and snow. It is recommendedthat winter tyres be installed on thevehicle if frequent driving attemperatures below approximately5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snowcovered roads is expected. SeeWinter Tyres 0 287.

Caution

High performance summer tireshave rubber compounds that loseflexibility and may developsurface cracks in the tread areaat temperatures below -7 °C(20 °F). Always store high

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

performance summer tiresindoors and at temperaturesabove -7 °C (20 °F) when not inuse. If the tires have beensubjected to -7 °C (20 °F) or less,let them warm up in a heatedspace to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for24 hours or more before beinginstalled or driving a vehicle onwhich they are installed. Do notapply heat or blow heated airdirectly on the tyres. Alwaysinspect tyres before use. SeeTyre Inspection 0 295.

Tyre PressureTyres need the correct amountof air pressure to operateeffectively.

Caution

Neither tyre underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tyres, or tyresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tyre overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced fuel economy.

Overinflated tyres, or tyresthat have too much air, canresult in:

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.


290 Vehicle Care

The Tyre and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttyres and the correct cold tyreinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 190.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.

When to Check

Check the tyres once a monthor more.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check the tyrepressure. Proper tyre inflationcannot be determined by lookingat the tyre. Check the tyreinflation pressure when the tyresare cold, meaning the vehicle

has not been driven for at leastthree hours or no more than1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetyre valve stem. Press the tyregauge firmly onto the valve toget the pressure measurement.If the cold tyre inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tyre andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.

If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure in high, presson the metal stem in the centreof the tyre valve to release air.Re-check the tyre pressure withthe tyre gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensors

could be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tyre Pressure forHigh-Speed Operation

{ Warning

Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h(100 mph) or higher, putsadditional strain on tyres.Sustained high-speed drivingcauses excessive heat build-upand can cause sudden tyrefailure. This could cause a crash,and you or others could be killed.Some high-speed rated tyresrequire inflation pressureadjustment for high-speedoperation. When speed limits androad conditions allow the vehicleto be driven at high speeds, makesure the tyres are rated forhigh-speed operation, are inexcellent condition, and are set tothe correct cold tyre inflationpressure for the vehicle load.


Vehicle Care 291

Vehicles with P245/45R17 95V,P245/40R18 93V, or 255/35R19 96V size tyres requireinflation pressure adjustment whendriving the vehicle at speeds of160 km/h (100 mph) or higher. Setthe cold tyre inflation pressure to280 kPa (41 psi).

Vehicles with 245/40R18 93Y and275/35R18 95Y or 265/35ZR19(94Y) and 295/30ZR19 (100Y) sizetyres require inflation pressureadjustment when driving the vehicleat speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) orhigher. Set the cold tyre inflationpressure to 300 kPa (44 psi).

Sustained operation at speeds over160 km/h (100 mph) requires a loadlimit of the driver and onepassenger, with no additional cargo.When loaded above this level, up tothe GVW, do not operate the vehicleabove 160 km/h (100 mph).

Return the tyres to therecommended cold tyre inflationpressure when high-speed drivinghas ended. See Vehicle Load Limits0 190 and Tyre Pressure 0 289.

Tyre Pressure MonitorSystem

Caution

Modifications made to the TyrePressure Monitor System (TPMS)by anyone other than anauthorised service facility mayvoid authorisation to use thesystem.

The Tyre Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tyre pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your vehicle'styres and transmit tyre pressurereadings to a receiver located in thevehicle.

Each tyre, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tyre inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastyres of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard or

tyre inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tyreinflation pressure for those tyres.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atyre pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tyrepressure telltale when one or moreof your tyres is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tyrepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tyres assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tyrecauses the tyre to overheat and canlead to tyre failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tyretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tyremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correcttyre pressure, even if under-inflation


292 Vehicle Care

has not reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tyrepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tyre pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tyrepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a varietyof reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tyres orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretyres or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement or

alternate tyres and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tyre Pressure MonitorOperation 0 292 for additionalinformation.

See Declaration ofConformity 0 337.

Tyre Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TyrePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tyre pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tyre and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tyreand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressure inthe tyres and transmits the tyrepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tyre pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tyre pressure warning lighton the instrument cluster. If thewarning light comes on, stop assoon as possible and inflate thetyres to the recommended pressureshown on the Tyre and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 190.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tyre displays in the DriverInformation Centre (DIC). The lowtyre pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the tyresare inflated to the correct inflationpressure. Using the DIC, tyrepressure levels can be viewed. Foradditional information and detailsabout the DIC operation anddisplays see Driver InformationCentre (DIC) 0 129.


Vehicle Care 293

The low tyre pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tyre and Loading Informationlabel, attached to your vehicle,shows the size of the originalequipment tyres and the correctinflation pressure for the tyres whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 190 for an example of theTyre and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TyrePressure 0 289.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtyre pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tyremaintenance. See Tyre Inspection0 295, Tyre Rotation 0 295, andTyres 0 286.

Caution

Tyre sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tyresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tyresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tyre sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tyre Inflator Kitsuse a GM approved liquid tyresealant. Using non-approved tyresealants could damage the TPMSsensors. See Tyre Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 303 forinformation regarding the inflator kitmaterials and instructions.

Tyre Loading Selection — IfEquipped

Adjust the vehicle tyre pressures tomatch the load condition accordingto the Tyre and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 190.

Select the appropriate Tyre Loadingsetting. See InstrumentCluster 0 111.

If tyre pressures and Tyre Loadingdo not match, the tyre pressure lightmay indicate a low tyre. See TyrePressure 0 289.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, thelow tyre warning light flashes forabout one minute and then stays onfor the remainder of the ignitioncycle. A DIC warning message alsodisplays. The malfunction light andDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle until the problemis corrected. Some of the conditionsthat can cause these to comeon are:

. One of the road tyres has beenreplaced with the spare tyre. Thespare tyre does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and DIC message shouldgo off after the road tyre is


294 Vehicle Care

replaced and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See “TPMS SensorMatching Process” later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tyres. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing thesensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

. Replacement tyres or wheels donot match the original equipmenttyres or wheels. Tyres andwheels other than those

recommended could prevent theTPMS from functioning properly.See Buying New Tyres 0 298.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly, it cannot detect or signal alow tyre condition. See your dealerfor service if the TPMS malfunctionlight and DIC message come onand stay on.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtyre/wheel position after rotating thevehicle's tyres or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. TheTPMS sensor matching processshould also be performed afterreplacing a spare tyre with a roadtyre containing the TPMS sensor.The malfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the nextignition cycle. The sensors are

matched to the tyre/wheel positions,using a TPMS relearn tool, in thefollowing order: driver side fronttyre, passenger side front tyre,passenger side rear tyre, and driverside rear tyre. See your dealer forservice or to purchase arelearn tool.

You have two minutes to match thefirst tyre/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtyre/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matching processis outlined below:

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Place the vehicle power modein ON/RUN/START. SeeIgnition Positions 0 194.

3. Make sure the Tyre Pressureinfo display option is turned on.The info displays on the DICcan be turned on and offthrough the Settings menu.See Driver Information Centre(DIC) 0 129.


Vehicle Care 295

4. Use the five-way DIC controlon the right side of the steeringwheel to scroll to the TyrePressure screen under the DICinfo page. See DriverInformation Centre (DIC) 0 129.

5. Press and hold the SEL buttonin the centre of the five-wayDIC control.

The horn sounds twice tosignal the receiver is in relearnmode and the TYRELEARNING ACTIVE messagedisplays on the DIC screen.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tyre.

7. Place the relearn tool againstthe tyre sidewall, near thevalve stem. Then press thebutton to activate the TPMSsensor. A horn chirp confirmsthat the sensor identificationcode has been matched to thistyre and wheel position.

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tyre, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tyre, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartyre, and repeat the procedurein Step 7. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensoridentification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartyre, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TYRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.

11. Press ENGINE START/STOPto turn the ignition off.

12. Set all four tyres to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tyreand Loading Information label.

Tyre InspectionWe recommend that the tyres,including the spare tyre, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tyre if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tyrecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tyre'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tyre has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tyre has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tyre RotationIf the vehicle has non-directionaltyres, they should be rotated atthe intervals specified in theMaintenance Schedule. SeeScheduled Maintenance 0 325.


296 Vehicle Care

Tyres are rotated to achieve auniform wear for all tyres. Thefirst rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tyres as soonas possible, check for propertyre inflation pressure, andcheck for damaged tyres orwheels. If the unusual wearcontinues after the rotation,check the wheel alignment. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tyres0 297 and WheelReplacement 0 300.

Directional tyres should not berotated. Each tyre and wheelshould be used only in theposition it is in. Directional tyreswill have an arrow on the tyreindicating the proper direction ofrotation or will have “left” or“right” moulded on the sidewall.

Use this rotation pattern if thevehicle has different size tyreson the front and rear and theyare non-directional.

Different tyre sizes should notbe rotated front to rear.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating tyres of the same sizeinstalled on all four wheelpositions.

If the vehicle has a compactspare tyre, do not include it inthe tyre rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tyres tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tyre andLoading Information label afterthe tyres have been rotated. SeeTyre Pressure 0 289 and VehicleLoad Limits 0 190.


Vehicle Care 297

Reset the Tyre Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tyre PressureMonitor Operation 0 292.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 333.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become looseafter time. The wheel could comeoff and cause an accident. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places where thewheel attaches to the vehicle. Inan emergency, a cloth or a papertowel can be used; however, usea scraper or wire brush later toremove all rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the centre of thewheel hub with wheel bearinggrease after a wheel change ortyre rotation to prevent corrosionor rust build-up. Do not getgrease on the flat wheelmounting surface or on thewheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTyresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tyres.

Tread wear indicators are one wayto tell when it is time for new tyres.Tread wear indicators appear whenthe tyres have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining. See TyreInspection 0 295 and TyreRotation 0 295.

The rubber in tyres ages over time.This also applies to the spare tyre,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast ageingtakes place. GM recommends thattyres, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after sixyears, regardless of tread wear. Thetyre manufacture date is the lastfour digits of the DOT TyreIdentification Number (TIN) which ismoulded into one side of the tyresidewall. The first two digitsrepresent the week (01–52) and thelast two digits, the year. Forexample, the third week of the year2010 would have a four-digit DOTdate of 0310.


298 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Storage

Tyres age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow ageing. This area should befree of grease, petrol, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tyres thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tyresor raise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tyres.

Buying New TyresGM has developed and matchedspecific tyres for the vehicle.The original equipment tyresinstalled were designed to meetGeneral Motors TyrePerformance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tyres are needed,

GM strongly recommendsbuying tyres with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of thevehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tyrepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is moulded onto thetyre's sidewall near the tyre size.If the tyres have an all-seasontread design, the TPC Specnumber will be followed by MSfor mud and snow.

GM recommends replacing worntyres in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tyreswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tyres are notreplaced at the same time.

If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tyres should wear out atabout the same time. See TyreRotation 0 295 for informationon proper tyre rotation.However, if it is necessary toreplace only one axle set ofworn tyres, place the new tyreson the rear axle.

{ Warning

Tyres could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tyrecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorisedtyre service centre shouldmount or dismount the tyres.

Winter tyres with the samespeed rating as the originalequipment tyres may not beavailable for H, V, W, Y and ZRspeed rated tyres. Never exceedthe winter tyre's maximum


Vehicle Care 299

speed capability when usingwinter tyres with a lower speedrating.

{ Warning

Never drive faster than the speedthe tyres are rated, regardless ofthe legal speed limit. Whenfrequently driving the vehicle athigh speeds and/or for prolongedperiods of time, check with yourvehicle/tyre dealer for the propertype of tyres to use for thespecific driving and weatherconditions.

{ Warning

Mixing tyres of different sizes(other than those originallyinstalled on the vehicle), brands,or types may cause loss ofcontrol of the vehicle, resulting ina crash or other vehicle damage.Use the correct size, brand, andtype of tyre on all four wheels.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tyres on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tyre and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tyres withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tyres must bereplaced with a tyre that doesnot have a TPC Spec number,make sure they are the samesize, load range, speed rating,and construction (radial) as theoriginal tyres.

Vehicles that have a tyrepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tyres are installed.See Tyre Pressure MonitorOperation 0 292.

The Tyre and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tyres on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits0 190 for the label location andmore information about the Tyreand Loading Information label.

Different Size Tyres andWheelsIf wheels or tyres are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tyres, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.


300 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety iftyres not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tyre systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tyres 0 298 andAccessories andModifications 0 253.

Wheel Alignment andTyre BalanceThe tyres and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tyre life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tyre balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tyre wear or the

vehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tyres and wheels mayneed to be rebalanced. See yourdealer for proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.Some aluminium wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tyre Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tyres can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tyre or tyrechain clearance to the body andchassis.


Vehicle Care 301

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.

Tyre ChainsUse tyre chains or other tractiondevices only when necessary.

Before using tyre chains, check withthe tyre manufacturer to make suretyre chains are compatible with thetyres on the vehicle. Follow themanufacturer's instructions.

Tyre chains are only permitted onP245/40R18 93V size tyres. Installthem on the rear tyres only, astightly as possible with the endssecurely fastened.

Only use low profile tyre chains thatare the proper size for the tyres andadd no more than 6 mm thicknessto the tyre tread and inner sidewall.

Caution

Do not install traction devices onthe front tyres.

Drive slowly and follow the cablemanufacturer's instructions. If thecables are contacting the vehicle,stop and retighten them. If thecontact continues, slow down until itstops.

Caution

To help avoid damage to thevehicle, drive slowly, do not spinthe wheels, and readjust orremove the device if it contactsthe vehicle.

If a Tyre Goes FlatIf the vehicle has run-flat tyres,there is no need to stop on the sideof the road to change a flat tyre.See Run-Flat Tyres 0 287.

{ Warning

Special tools and procedures arerequired to service a run-flat tyre.If these special tools andprocedures are not used, injury orvehicle damage may occur.Always be sure the proper toolsand procedures, as described inthe service manual, are used.

It is unusual for a tyre to blow outwhile driving, especially if the tyresare maintained properly. See Tyres0 286. If air goes out of a tyre, it ismuch more likely to leak out slowly.But if there is ever a blowout, hereare a few tips about what to expectand what to do:

If a front tyre fails, the flat tyrecreates a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot off


302 Vehicle Care

the accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction asused in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tyre. If it is usedfor anything else, you or otherscould be badly injured or killed ifthe vehicle slips off the jack. If ajack is provided with the vehicle,only use it for changing a flat tyre.

If this vehicle does not have run-flattyres and a tyre goes flat, avoidfurther tyre and wheel damage bydriving slowly to a level place, welloff the road, if possible.

1. Turn on the hazard warningflashers. See Hazard WarningFlashers 0 158.

2. Apply the parking brake firmly.

3. Put an automatic transmissionin P (Park) or a manualgearbox in 1 (First) orR (Reverse).

4. Turn off the ignition.

5. Inspect the flat tyre.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tyre will causepermanent damage to the tyre.Re-inflating a tyre after it hasbeen driven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tyrethat has been driven on while

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

severely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorisedtyre service centre repair orreplace the flat tyre as soon aspossible.

If this vehicle has a tyre sealant kitand the tyre has been separatedfrom the wheel, has damagedsidewalls, or has a puncture largerthan 6 mm (0.25 in), the tyre is tooseverely damaged for the tyresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. If the tyre has a punctureless than 6 mm (0.25 in) in the treadarea of the tyre, see Tyre Sealantand Compressor Kit 0 303.


Vehicle Care 303

Tyre Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ Warning

Idling a vehicle in an enclosedarea with poor ventilation isdangerous. Engine exhaust mayenter the vehicle. Engine exhaustcontains carbon monoxide (CO)which cannot be seen or smelled.It can cause unconsciousnessand even death. Never run theengine in an enclosed area thathas no fresh air ventilation. Formore information, see EngineExhaust 0 201.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tyre could causethe tyre to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the tyre sealantand compressor kit instructionsand inflate the tyre to its

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

recommended pressure. Do notexceed the recommendedpressure.

{ Warning

Storing the tyre sealant andcompressor kit or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store the tyresealant and compressor kit in itsoriginal location.

If this vehicle has a tyre sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tyre, tyre changingequipment, and on some vehiclesthere may not be a place to storea tyre.

The tyre sealant and compressorcan be used to temporarily sealpunctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) inthe tread area of the tyre. It can alsobe used to inflate an underinflated tyre.

If the tyre has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a large puncture, the tyre istoo severely damaged for the tyresealant and compressor kit to beeffective.

Read and follow all of the tyresealant and compressor kitinstructions.


304 Vehicle Care

The kit includes:

1. Selector Switch (Sealant/Airor Air Only)

2. On/Off Button

3. Pressure Gauge4. Pressure Deflation Button5. Tyre Sealant Canister6. Sealant/Air Hose (Clear)7. Air Only Hose (Black)8. Power Plug9. Canister Release Button

(Under Sealant/Air Hose)

Tyre Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe sealant canister.

Check the tyre sealant expirationdate on the sealant canister. Thesealant canister should be replacedbefore its expiration date.Replacement sealant canisters areavailable at your local dealer. See“Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” later in thissection.

There is only enough sealant to sealone tyre. After usage, the sealantcanister and sealant/air hoseassembly must be replaced. See“Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister” later in thissection.

Using the Tyre Sealant andCompressor Kit to TemporarilySeal and Inflate aPunctured Tyre

Follow the directions closely forcorrect sealant usage.


Vehicle Care 305

When using the tyre sealant andcompressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in a

heated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tyrefaster.

If a tyre goes flat, avoid further tyreand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 158.

See If a Tyre Goes Flat 0 301 forother important safety warnings.

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tyre.

1. Remove the tyre sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TyreSealant and CompressorKit 0 309.

2. Unwrap the sealant/air hose (6)and the power plug (8).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tyre valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tyre by turning itanticlockwise.

5. Attach the sealant/air hose (6)onto the tyre valve stem. Turnit clockwise until it is tight.

6. Plug the power plug (8) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 106.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (1) anticlockwise to theSealant + Air position.

9. Press the on/off (2) button toturn the tyre sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tyre.


306 Vehicle Care

The pressure gauge (3) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushesthe sealant into the tyre. Oncethe sealant is completelydispersed into the tyre, thepressure will quickly drop andstart to rise again as the tyreinflates with air only.

10. Inflate the tyre to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (3). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tyre and LoadingInformation label. See TyrePressure 0 289.

The pressure gauge (3) mayread higher than the actual tyrepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressurereading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tyre is too severelydamaged and the tyre sealantand compressor kit cannot inflatethe tyre. Remove the power plugfrom the accessory power outletand unscrew the inflating hosefrom the tyre valve.

11. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tyre sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tyre is not sealed and willcontinue to leak air until thevehicle is driven and thesealant is distributed in thetyre, therefore, Steps 12–18 must be done immediatelyafter Step 11.

Be careful while handling thetyre sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (8) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

13. Turn the sealant/air hose (6)anticlockwise to remove it fromthe tyre valve stem.

14. Replace the tyre valvestem cap.

15. Replace the sealant/air hose(6), and the power plug (8)back in their original location.

16. If the flat tyre was able toinflate to the recommendedinflation pressure, remove themaximum speed label from thesealant canister (5) and place itin a highly visible location. Donot exceed the speed on thislabel until the damaged tyre isrepaired or replaced.


Vehicle Care 307

17. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

18. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tyre.

19. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tyre pressure. Referto Steps 1–11 under “Using theTyre Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflate aTyre (Not Punctured).”

If the tyre pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tyre is tooseverely damaged and the tyresealant cannot seal the tyre.

If the tyre pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommendedinflation pressure, inflate thetyre to the recommendedinflation pressure.

20. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tyre and vehicle.

21. Dispose of the used sealantcanister (5) and sealant/airhose (6) assembly at a localdealer or in accordance withlocal regulations and practices.

22. Replace with a new canisterassembly available from yourdealer.

23. After temporarily sealing thetyre using the tyre sealant andcompressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorised dealerwithin 161 km (100 mi) ofdriving to have the tyrerepaired or replaced.

Using the Tyre Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tyre (NotPunctured)

To use the air compressor to inflatea tyre with air only and not sealant:

If a tyre goes flat, avoid further tyreand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 158.


308 Vehicle Care

See If a Tyre Goes Flat 0 301 forother important safety warnings.

1. Remove the tyre sealant andcompressor kit from its storagelocation. See Storing the TyreSealant and CompressorKit 0 309.

2. Unwrap the air only hose (7)and the power plug (8).

3. Place the kit on the ground.

Make sure the tyre valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the tyre valve stemcap from the flat tyre by turningit anticlockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (7)onto the tyre valve stem byturning it clockwise until it istight.

6. Plug the power plug (8) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 106.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

8. Press and turn the selectorswitch (1) clockwise to the AirOnly position.

9. Press the on/off (2) button toturn the compressor on.

The compressor will inflate thetyre with air only.

10. Inflate the tyre to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (3). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tyre and LoadingInformation label. See TyrePressure 0 289.

The pressure gauge (3) mayread higher than the actual tyrepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate reading. Thecompressor may be turned on/off until the correct pressure isreached.

If you inflate the tyre higherthan the recommendedpressure you can adjust theexcess pressure by pressingthe pressure deflationbutton (4) until the properpressure reading is reached.This option is only functionalwhen using the air onlyhose (7).

11. Press the on/off button (2) toturn the tyre sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thetyre sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

12. Unplug the power plug (8) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.


Vehicle Care 309

13. Disconnect the air only hose(7) from the tyre valve stem, byturning it anticlockwise, andreplace the tyre valvestem cap.

14. Replace the air only hose (7)and the power plug (8) andcord back in its originallocation.

15. Place the equipment in theoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

The tyre sealant and compressor kithas an accessory adapter located ina compartment on the bottom of itshousing that may be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.

Removal and Installation of theSealant Canister

To remove the sealant canister:

1. Unwrap the sealant/air hose toaccess the canister releasebutton.

2. Press the canister releasebutton (9).

3. Pull up and remove thecanister.

4. Replace with a new canisterwhich is available from yourdealer.

5. Push the new canister intoplace.

6. Rewrap the sealant/air hose.

Storing the Tyre Sealantand Compressor KitTo access the tyre sealant andcompressor kit:

1. Open the boot. See Boot 0 39.

2. Lift the cover.

3. Remove the strap.

4. Remove the tyre sealant andcompressor kit.

To store the tyre sealant andcompressor kit, reverse the steps.


310 Vehicle Care

Jump StartingFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery 0 271.

If the battery has run down, try touse another vehicle and somejumper cables to start your vehicle.Be sure to use the following steps todo it safely.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.

1. Good Battery PositiveTerminal

2. Good Battery NegativeTerminal

3. Discharged Battery RemotePositive terminal

4. Discharged Battery RemoteNegative Ground Terminal

The jump start positive terminal (1)and negative post (2) are on thebattery of the vehicle providing thejump start.

The jump start remote positiveterminal (3) and the remote negativeground terminal (4) for thedischarged battery are on thepassenger side of the vehicle.

The positive jump start connectionfor the discharged battery is under ared cover. Remove the cover toexpose the terminal.

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.


Vehicle Care 311

2. Position the two vehicles sothat they are not touching.

3. Set the parking brake firmlyand put the shift lever inP (Park) with an automatictransmission, or Neutral with amanual gearbox.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

4. Set the ignition to OFF. Turn offall lights and accessories inboth vehicles, except thehazard warning flashers ifneeded.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands,clothing, and tools away from anyunderbonnet electric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,and some have been blinded.Use a torch if you need morelight.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.

{ Warning

Fans or other moving engineparts can injure you badly. Keepyour hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Connect one end of the redpositive (+) cable to the remotepositive (+) terminal on thedischarged battery.

6. Connect the other end of thered positive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of thegood battery.

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative (–) cable to thenegative (–) terminal of thegood battery.

8. Connect the other end of theblack negative (–) cable to theremote negative (–) groundingterminal for the dischargedbattery.

9. Start the engine in the vehiclewith the good battery and runthe engine at idle speed for atleast four minutes.


312 Vehicle Care

10. Try to start the vehicle that hadthe dead battery. If it will notstart after a few tries, itprobably needs service.

Caution

If the jump leads are connectedor removed in the wrong order,electrical shorting may occur anddamage the vehicle. The repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always connectand remove the jump leads in thecorrect order, making sure thatthe cables do not touch eachother or other metal.

Jump Lead Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jump leads.

After starting the disabled vehicleand removing the jump leads, allowit to idle for several minutes.

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Do not lash or hook tosuspension components. Use theproper straps around the tyres tosecure the vehicle.

Have the vehicle towed on a flatbedcar carrier. A wheel lift tow truckcould damage the vehicle.

Due to low ramp angles on theV-Series only, use care whenloading the vehicle onto a flatbedcarrier. Front spring spacers wereprovided for lifting the frontsuspension if more clearance isnecessary when towing.

Consult your dealer or aprofessional towing service if thedisabled vehicle must be towed.

Use the tow eye for towing adisabled vehicle or loading it onto aflatbed car carrier. The tow eyeshould not be used to recover avehicle from an off road situation.


Vehicle Care 313

Caution

Improper use of the tow eye cancause vehicle damage. Usecaution and low speeds toprevent damage to the vehicle.

Carefully open the cover in thefascia by using the small notch thatconceals the tow eye socket.

Install the tow eye into the socket byturning it clockwise until it stops.When the tow eye is removed,reinstall the cover with the notch inthe original position.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle such as a motor home. Thetwo most common types ofrecreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing the

vehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:

. What is the towing capacity ofthe towing vehicle? Be sure toread the tow vehiclemanufacturer'srecommendations.

. What is the distance that will betravelled? Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Is the proper towing equipmentgoing to be used? See yourdealer or trailering professionalfor additional advice andequipment recommendations.

. Is the vehicle ready to betowed? Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.

Dinghy Towing

Caution

If the vehicle is towed with all fourwheels on the ground, thedrivetrain components could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not tow the vehiclewith all four wheels on theground.


314 Vehicle Care

The vehicle was not designed to betowed with all four wheels on theground. If the vehicle must betowed, a dolly should be used. Seethe following information on dollytowing.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in frontof the vehicle grille could restrictairflow and cause damage to thetransmission. The repairs wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. If using a shield, onlyuse one that attaches to thetowing vehicle.

Dolly Towing(Rear-Wheel-Drive Vehicles)

To dolly tow a rear-wheel-drivevehicle from the rear:

1. Attach the dolly to the towvehicle following the dollymanufacturer instructions.

2. Put the rear wheels on thedolly.

3. Shift the transmission toP (Park).

4. Firmly apply the parking brake.

5. Use an adequate clampingdevice designed for towing toensure that the front wheelsare locked into thestraight-ahead position.

6. Secure the vehicle to the dollyfollowing the manufacturerinstructions.

7. Release the parking brake onlyafter the vehicle being towed isfirmly attached to the towingvehicle.

8. Turn the ignition to OFF.

Dolly Towing (All-Wheel DriveVehicles)


Vehicle Care 315

Vehicles with all-wheel drive cannotbe dolly towed.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 328.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained from

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

your dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regardingcorrect product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashers closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Thee symbol is on anyunderbonnet compartment electricalcentre that should not be powerwashed. This could cause damagethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty.


316 Vehicle Care

If using an automatic car wash,follow the car wash instructions. Thewindscreen wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that maybe damaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer tohave the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Wash

the vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on a basecoat/clear coat paint finish maydamage it. Use only non-abrasivewaxes and polishes that aremade for a base coat/clear coatpaint finish on the vehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMouldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal mouldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

The bright metal mouldings on thevehicle are aluminium, chrome orstainless steel. To prevent damagealways follow these cleaninginstructions:

. Be sure the moulding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use only approved cleaningsolutions for aluminium, chromeor stainless steel. Somecleaners are highly acidic orcontain alkaline substances andcan damage the mouldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer's instructions.


Vehicle Care 317

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the moulding finish.

Carbon Fiber Care

Carbon fiber parts can be washedand waxed like any other parts. Usea clear or black pigmented wax. SeeCarbon Fiber 0 194

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals, and stripes.Follow instructions under "Washingthe Vehicle" previously in thissection.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhen dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the bonnet and windscreenwhen washing the vehicle.

Windscreen and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windscreenwith glass cleaner.

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindscreen washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windscreenthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Insects, road grime, sap,and a build-up of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.


318 Vehicle Care

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply Dielectric silicone grease onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfacescan be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 328.

Tyres

Use a stiff brush with tyre cleaner toclean the tyres.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tyredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

or tyres. When applying a tyredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Trim - Aluminiumor Chrome

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and other chrometrim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium, calcium,or sodium chloride. Thesechlorides are used on roads forconditions such as ice and dust.Always wash the chrome withsoap and water after exposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,brushes, or cleaners that containacid on aluminium orchrome-plated wheels. Use onlyapproved cleaners. Also, neverdrive a vehicle with aluminium orchrome-plated wheels through anautomatic car wash that usessilicone carbide tyre cleaningbrushes. Damage could occurand the repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and discsfor surface condition. Inspect drumbrake linings/shoes for wear orcracks. Inspect other brake parts,including drums, wheel cylinders,callipers, parking brake, mastercylinder, brake fluid reservoir,


Vehicle Care 319

vacuum pipes, electric vacuumpump including bracket, and venthose, if equipped.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properhook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,bonnet hinges, liftgate hinges, andthe steel fuel door hinge, unless thecomponents are plastic. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstripswith a clean cloth will make themlast longer, seal better, and not stickor squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from theunderbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Do not directly power wash thetransfer case and/or front/rear axleoutput seals. High pressure watercan overcome the seals andcontaminate the fluid. Contaminatedfluid will decrease the life of thetransfer case and/or axles andshould be replaced.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolourations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soiling.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer colour to the vehicle'sinterior.


320 Vehicle Care

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaningcloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with too muchpressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windscreen with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.

Coated Mouldings

Coated mouldings should becleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.


Vehicle Care 321

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soil, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolour-fast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecentre. Fold the cleaning cloth

to a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any colour transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colourfastnessbefore using a commercialupholstery cleaner or spot lifter.If ring formation occurs, clean theentire fabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfibre cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to remove

dirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofibre cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfibre clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.


322 Vehicle Care

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently changethe appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windscreenunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact withany plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

Wash with warm water and milddetergent. Do not use chlorinebleach. Rinse with cold water, andthen dry completely.

Care of Safety Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye safety belts.It may severely weaken them. Ina crash, they might not be able toprovide adequate protection.Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.


Vehicle Care 323

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage.

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats needreplacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the pedals. Alwayscheck that the floor mats do notinterfere with the pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if thevehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

The driver side floor mat is held inplace by two button-type retainers.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

1. Pull up on the rear of the floormat to unlock the retainers andremove.

2. Reinstall by lining up the floormat retainer openings over thecarpet retainers and snap intoposition.

3. Make sure the floor mat isproperly secured in place.Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


324 Service and Maintenance

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 324

Scheduled MaintenanceScheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 325

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and PartsRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 331

General Information

Caution

Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluidsand lubricants are necessary tokeep this vehicle in good workingcondition. Damage caused byfailure to follow scheduledmaintenance might not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

As the vehicle owner, you areresponsible for the scheduledmaintenance in this section. Werecommend having your dealerperform these services. Propervehicle maintenance helps to keepthe vehicle in good workingcondition, improves fuel economyand reduces vehicle emissions forbetter air quality.

Because of all the different wayspeople use vehicles, maintenanceneeds vary. The vehicle might needmore frequent checks and services.Please read the information under

Scheduled Maintenance. To keepthe vehicle in good condition, seeyour dealer.

The maintenance schedule is forvehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tyre and LoadingInformation label. See VehicleLoad Limits 0 190.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

. Use the recommended fuel. SeeFuel 0 242.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous. Some jobs cancause serious injury. Performmaintenance work only if youhave the required know-how andthe proper tools and equipment.If in doubt, see your dealer tohave a qualified technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 254.


Service and Maintenance 325

At your dealer, you can be certainthat you will receive the highestlevel of service available. Yourdealer has specially trained servicetechnicians, uses genuinereplacement parts, as well as,up-to-date tools and equipment toensure fast and accuratediagnostics.

The proper replacement parts, fluidsand lubricants to use are listed inRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 328 and MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 329. Werecommend the use of genuineparts from your dealer.

Rotation of New Tyres

Tyre rotation is not recommended ifthe vehicle has different size tyreson the front and rear wheels. If tyrerotation is recommended for thevehicle, to maintain ride, handling,and performance of the vehicle, it isimportant that the first rotationservice for new tyres be performed.Tyres should be rotated everyservice. See Tyre Rotation 0 295.

ScheduledMaintenanceEngine Oil Change

Change engine oil and filter whenindicated by the oil life system, at30 000 km, or at one year,whichever comes first. If drivenunder the best conditions, theengine oil life system may notindicate the need for vehicle servicefor up to a year. The engine oil andfilter must be changed at least oncea year and the oil life system mustbe reset. Your trained dealertechnician can perform this work.If the engine oil life system is resetaccidentally, service the vehiclewithin 5,000 km/3,000 mi since thelast service. Reset the oil lifesystem when the oil is changed.

Inspection Every 15 000 km orOne Year. Engine coolant level check.

. Engine cooling systeminspection. Visual inspection ofhoses, pipes, fittings, andclamps and replacement,if needed.

. Windscreen washer fluid levelcheck.

. Windscreen wiper bladeinspection for wear, cracking,or contamination andwindscreen and wiper bladecleaning, if contaminated. Wornor damaged wiper bladereplacement.

. Tyre inflation pressures check.

. Tyre wear inspection.

. Fluids visual leak check. A leakin any system must be repairedand the fluid level checked.

. Engine air cleaner filterinspection.

. Brake system inspection. SeeExterior Care 0 315.

. Steering and suspensioninspection. Visual inspection fordamaged, loose, or missingparts or signs of wear.



. Body hinges and latches, keylock cylinders, folding seathardware, and rearcompartment, bonnet, andconsole door hinges and latcheslubrication. More frequentlubrication may be requiredwhen the vehicle is exposed to acorrosive environment. Applyingsilicone grease on weatherstripswith a clean cloth makes themlast longer, seal better, and notstick or squeak.

. Restraint system componentcheck.

. Fuel system inspection fordamage or leaks.

. Exhaust system and nearby heatshields inspection for loose ordamaged components.

. Accelerator pedal check fordamage, high effort, or binding.

. Bonnet/Boot lid/Tailgate/LiftglassSupport Gas Strut Service:Visually inspect gas strut,if equipped, for signs of wear,cracks, or other damage. Check

the hold open ability of the gasstrut. Contact your authorisedrepairer if service is required.

. Road Test. Check all systems forcorrect function/performance.

. To maintain air conditioningefficiency, have an authorisedrepairer check the system atleast once each year.

. Automatic transmission shift lockcontrol function check.

. Parking brake and automaticP (Park) mechanism check.

. Underbody flushing service.

. Tyre sealant and compressor kit(if equipped with tyre sealantand compressor kit), checksealant expiration date.

. Inspect sunroof track and seal,if equipped. See Sunroof 0 50.

Additional Maintenance Every30 000 km or Two Years

In addition to the items listed under“Inspection Every 15 000 km or OneYear” the following items should becarried out every 30 000 km ortwo years (whichever occurs first):

. Passenger compartment air filter— replace (if applicable). Morefrequent passengercompartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavytraffic, poor air quality, high dustlevels, or environmentalallergens. Passengercompartment air filterreplacement may also beneeded if there is reducedairflow, window misting,or odours. Your GM retailer canhelp determine when to replacethe filter.

. Engine air filter replacement.If driving in dusty conditions,inspect the filter at each oilchange or more often asneeded.



. All-wheel-drive vehicles only:Transfer case fluid change(severe operation) for vehiclesmainly driven in heavy city trafficin hot weather, in hilly ormountainous terrain, whenfrequently towing a trailer,or when used for taxi, police,or delivery service. During anymaintenance, if a power washeris used to clean mud and dirtfrom the underbody, care shouldbe taken. Do not directly powerwash the transfer case and/orfront/rear axle output seals. Highpressure water can overcomethe seals and contaminate thefluid. Contaminated fluid willdecrease the life of the transfercase and/or drive axles andshould be replaced.

Additional Maintenance Every60 000 km. Replace brake fluid every

60 000 km or two years,whichever occurs first.

Additional Maintenance Every72 000 km. Automatic transmission fluid and

filter change (severe operation)for vehicles mainly driven inheavy city traffic in hot weather,in hilly or mountainous terrain,when frequently towing a trailer,or when used for taxi, police,or delivery service.

. Spark plugs — replace. (2.0LLTG Turbo Engine)

. Rear axle fluid (6.2L V8 LT4Engines only).

. Rear axle fluid (severeoperation).

. Front axle fluid (severeoperation). If equippedwith AWD.

Additional Maintenance Every150 000 km or if Necessary. Spark plugs — replace. (6.2L

LT4 Engine)

Additional Maintenance Every250 000 km or Every FiveYears, Whichever Occurs First. Engine cooling system drain and

refill.

Conditions Requiring MoreFrequent Maintenance (SevereService)

. Extreme temperatures.

. Heavy city traffic.

. Hilly or mountainous terrain.

. Dusty, muddy or off-roadconditions.

. Commercial use or trailer towing.

. Most trips less than 6 km.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos2™ specification of the proper SAE viscositygrade. AC Delco dexos2 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See EngineOil 0 258.

Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL® Coolant.See Engine Coolant 0 264.

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818).

Windscreen Washer Automotive windscreen washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.

Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 19300536).

Transfer Case (All-Wheel Drive) Transfer Case Fluid (GM Part No. 88861950).

Rear Axle (Non-Limited SlipDifferential)

SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88863089).

Rear Axle (Limited-Slip Differential) SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88862624).

Electronic Limited Slip Differential(eLSD) Clutch System Lubricant

(CTS-V Only)

DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.

Rear Axle/Front Axle (All-WheelDrive)

SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88863089).



Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Bonnet Latch Assembly, SecondaryLatch, Pivots, Spring Anchor and

Release Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668) or lubricant meetingrequirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.

Key Lock Cylinders, Bonnet and DoorHinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241).

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770) or Dielectric SiliconeGrease (GM Part No. 12345579).

Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter

2.0L L4 Engine 20857930 A3178C

6.2L V8 Engine 22935844 A3302C

Engine Oil Filter

2.0L L4 Engine 12640445 PF64

6.2L V8 Engine 12640445 PF64

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13356916 CF185



Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Spark Plugs

2.0L L4 Engine 12647827 41-125

6.2L V8 Engine 12642722 41–128

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 60 cm (23.6 in) 23144358 -

Passenger Side – 45 cm (17.7 in) 23144359 -



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

DateOdometerReading

Serviced By Maintenance Stamp Services Performed


332 Technical Data

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Service Parts IdentificationLabel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Vehicle DataCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 336

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe left side of the vehicle. It can beseen through the windscreen fromoutside. The VIN also appears onthe Vehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacementparts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 333 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentification LabelThis label, under the floor cover inthe boot on the passenger side, hasthe following information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

. Model designation.

. Paint information.

. Production options and specialequipment.

Do not remove this label from thevehicle.


Technical Data 333

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids andLubricants 0 328.

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type andcharge amount, see the refrigerant label under thebonnet. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling System - Engine

2.0L L4 Engine 8.8 L 9.3 qt

6.2L V8 Engine (V-Series) 12.2 L 12.9 qt

Engine Oil with Filter

2.0L L4 Engine RWD 4.7 L 5.0 qt

2.0L L4 Engine AWD 5.7 L 6.0 qt

6.2L V8 Engine 9.5 L 10.0 qt

Fuel Tank 72 L 19 gal

Transfer Case - AWD 0.8 L 0.8 qt


334 Technical Data

ApplicationCapacities

Metric English

Rear Axle (with limited slip) 1.2 L 1.3 qt

Wheel Nut Torque (Blue Tint Nut) 150Y 110 lb ft

Wheel Nut Torque (Silver Tint Nut) 190Y 140 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications

Engine VIN Code Horsepower Torque Spark Plug Gap

2.0L L4 Engine X 200 kW (268 hp)@5500 min -1

400Y (295 lb ft)@3000 min -1

0.75–0.90 mm (0.030–0.035 in)

6.2L V8 Engine 6 477 kW (640 hp)@6400 min -1

850Y (627 lb ft)@3600 min -1

0.725–0.875 mm (0.029–0.034 in)


Technical Data 335

Fuel Consumption and Emissions Information

Urban Extra-Urban Combined

2.0L L4 – RWD

Carbon Dioxide (g/km) 246 141 180

Fuel Economy (L/100 km) 10.8 6.2 7.8

2.0L L4 – AWD


Fuel Economy (L/100 km) 11.3 6.8 8.4

6.2L V8 (V-Series only)


Fuel Economy (L/100 km) 20.0 8.9 13.0


336 Technical Data

Engine Drive Belt Routing

2.0L L4 Engine

6.2L V8 Engine


Customer Information 337

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationRadio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . . . 337

Declaration of Conformity . . . . . 337

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacyVehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 338

Customer Information

Radio FrequencyIdentification (RFID)Radio Frequency Identification(RFID) technology is used in somevehicles for functions such as tyrepressure monitoring and ignitionsystem security. It is also used inconnection with conveniences suchas Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitters for remote door locking/unlocking and starting, andin-vehicle transmitters for garagedoor openers. RFID technology inCadillac vehicles does not use orrecord personal information or linkwith any other Cadillac systemcontaining personal information.

Declaration of Conformity

Transmission Systems

This vehicle has systems thattransmit and/or receive radio wavessubject to Directive 1999/5/EC.

These systems are in compliancewith the essential requirements andother relevant provisions ofDirective 1999/5/EC. Copies of theoriginal Declarations of Conformitycan be obtained on our website.

Long Range Radar


338 Customer Information

Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyEvent Data Recorders

Data Storage Modules in theVehicle

A large number of electroniccomponents of your vehicle containdata storage modules temporarily orpermanently storing technical dataabout the condition of the vehicle,events, and errors. In general, thistechnical information documents thecondition of parts, modules,systems, or the environment:

. Operating conditions of systemcomponents (e.g., filling levels).

. Status messages of the vehicleand its single components (e.g.,number of wheel revolutions/rotational speed, deceleration,lateral acceleration).

. Dysfunctions and defects inimportant system components.

. Vehicle reactions in particulardriving situations (e.g., inflationof an airbag, activation of thestability regulation system).

. Environmental concerns (e.g.,temperature).

This data is exclusively technicaland helps identify and correct errorsas well as optimise vehiclefunctions.

Motion profiles indicating travelledroutes cannot be created withthis data.

If services are used (e.g., repairworks, service processes, warrantycases, quality assurance),employees of the service network(manufacturer included) are able toread out this technical informationfrom the event and error datastorage modules applying specialdiagnostic devices. If required, youwill receive further information atthese dealers. After an error hasbeen corrected, the data is deletedfrom the error storage module orconstantly overwritten.

When using the vehicle, situationsmay occur in which this technicaldata related to other information(accident report, damages on thevehicle, witness statements, etc.)may be associated with a specificperson — possibly, with theassistance of an expert.

Additional functions contractuallyagreed upon with the client (e.g.,vehicle location in emergencycases) allow the transmission ofparticular vehicle data from thevehicle.

Infotainment SystemIf the vehicle is equipped with anavigation system as part of theinfotainment system, use of thesystem may result in the storage ofdestinations, addresses, telephonenumbers, and other trip information.See the infotainment manual forinformation on stored data and fordeletion instructions.


Index 339

Index AAccessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 220Adaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Adaptive Forward Lighting(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 250AdjustmentsLumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .56Thigh Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57

Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 261Air Filter, PassengerCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Airbag SystemCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82How Does an AirbagRestrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

Passenger Sensing System . . . .77What Makes an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

What Will You See after anAirbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76

When Should an AirbagInflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74

Airbag System (cont'd)Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .73

AirbagsAdding Equipment to theVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82

Passenger Status Indicator . . . .118Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Servicing Airbag-EquippedVehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81

System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

AlertLane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 238

All-Season Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .205, 272Anti-theftLocking System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42

Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 206Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Appearance CareExterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233


340 Index

Assistance Systems forParking and Reversing . . . . . . . . 228

Auto Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126AutomaticDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Automatic TransmissionManual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

BBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Voltage and ChargingMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 274Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39BrakeParking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 121

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Brakes (cont'd)Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Number Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 276Buying New Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

CCapacities andSpecifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Carbon Fibre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Carbon MonoxideBoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

CargoTie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2Centre Console Storage . . . . . . . . 100Chains, Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

ChargingWireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 119CheckMalfunction IndicatorEngine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

Child RestraintsInfants and Young Children . . . . .85ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92, 94Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87

Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278CleaningExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Climate Control SystemsDual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111CompartmentsStorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99

Competitive Driving Mode . . . . . . 214Compressor Kit, TyreSealant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303


Index 341

ConformityDeclaration of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

ControlTraction and ElectronicStability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44CoolantEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Engine Temperature Gauge . . .116Engine TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 220Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

DDanger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2Data RecorderPerformance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . . 337Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Differential, Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . 217Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160DoorAjar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Rear Seat Pass-Through . . . . . . .64

Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 336Drive SystemsAll-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . 205, 272

Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 227Driver InformationCentre (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 211DrivingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 233Characteristics andTowing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Competitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . .27Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 188If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 189Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Driving (cont'd)Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 182Track Events andCompetitive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 190Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Dual Automatic ClimateControl System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

EElectric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 207Electrical Equipment,Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Electrical SystemEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 278Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Check and Service EngineSoon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 255Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264


342 Index

Engine (cont'd)Coolant TemperatureGauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

Coolant TemperatureWarning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Cooling System Messages . . . 137Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 336Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 201Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20, 196

Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . .249, 250Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 154Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 156Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

FFeaturesMemory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

Filter,Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Flat Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322FluidAutomatic Transmission . . . . . . 261Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Fog LampsRear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Forward Collision Alert(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Front Automatic Braking(FAB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Front SeatsHeated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . .60

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27Filling a Portable FuelContainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 126System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

FusesEngine Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 278Instrument Panel FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Rear Compartment FuseBlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

GGaugesEngine CoolantTemperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Mileometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Rev Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Warning Lights andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

Gear Shifting Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123General InformationService and Maintenance . . . . . 324Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99


Index 343

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Hazard Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131HeadlampsAdaptive ForwardLighting (AFL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Daytime RunningLamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 128Main-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 127Main/Dipped BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106HeatedRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Heated and Ventilated FrontSeats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 290

Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 188Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

IIgnition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43IndicatorVehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 338Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Instrument PanelStorage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99

Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 46Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2ISOFIX Child RestraintSystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

JJump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

KKey and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 138Keyless EntryRemote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . .29

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

LLampsDaytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 156Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Exterior Lamps OffReminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . .119Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Number Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Rear Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 238Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 240Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 123Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276LightAdaptive Forward Lighting(AFL) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Gear Shifting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Light, Auto Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . 126


344 Index

Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110LightingAdaptive Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 159LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 121Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Engine CoolantTemperature Warning . . . . . . . 125

Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 126Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Main-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Main/Dipped BeamChanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . .117Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Service Electric ParkingBrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

StabiliTrak® OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Lights (cont'd)Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak® . . . . . . . . . . 124

Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Lights, Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . . . 217Locking Systems, Anti-theft . . . . . . 42LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 126Low-Profile Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

MMain-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 127MaintenanceRecords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Maintenance ScheduleRecommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Maintenance Schedule (cont'd)Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . 325

Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 119Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58MessagesAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Battery Voltage andCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 137Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Object Detection System . . . . . 139Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 141Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Starting the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 144Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146


Index 345

Messages (cont'd)Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Mileometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115

MirrorsAutomatic DimmingRearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 46Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211

Monitor System, TyrePressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

NNet, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101New Vehicle Run-In . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

OObject Detection SystemMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Off-RoadRecovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

OilEngine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Oil (cont'd)Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 260Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 83OutletsPower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

PParkShifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 273

Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 200Parking BrakeLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Parking or ReversingAssistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 228

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 77Pedestrian Protection System . . . 96Performance DataRecorder (PDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

PersonalisationVehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

PowerDoor Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 198Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 69PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 338

RRadio FrequencyIdentification (RFID) . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Rear Climate Control System . . . 175Rear Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Rear Seat Pass-Through Door . . . 64Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

Rear Window Sunshade . . . . . . . . . 49Rearview MirrorsAutomatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Reclining Seat Backrests . . . . . . . . 57Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328


346 Index

RecordsMaintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 313Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Replacement PartsAirbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 83Replacing Safety Belt SystemParts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Rev Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Ride Control SystemsEnhanced TractionSystem (ETS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

RoofSunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

Rotation, Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 336Run-Flat Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Running the Vehicle WhileParked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

Running-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . 194

SSafety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70How to Wear Safety BeltsProperly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65

Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .70Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .69

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . . . . 325Sealant Kit, Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Seat BeltsMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

SeatsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52Heated and Ventilated Front . . . .60Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .56Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .54Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61

Seats (cont'd)Reclining Seat Backrests . . . . . . .57

Seats and RestraintsPedestrian ProtectionSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96

Securing Child Restraints . . . . 92, 94SecurityLight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 254Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 331Maintenance, GeneralInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Parts Identification Label . . . . . 332Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Shift Lock Control FunctionCheck, AutomaticTransmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273


Index 347

ShiftingInto Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 238Signals, Turn andLane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Specifications andCapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115StabiliTrakOFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 34Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 273Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . 20, 196Starting the VehicleMessages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Storage AreasArmrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Centre Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 99

Storing the Tyre Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Summer Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50SunshadeRear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49

Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3SystemForward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163, 338SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

TTheft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 43Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

Thigh Support Adjustment . . . . . . . 57Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106TowingDriving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 245Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 250General Information . . . . . . . . . . 245Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 313Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248–250Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Track Events andCompetitive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . 183

TractionControl System (TCS)/StabiliTrak® Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . 217Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

TrailerTowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248–250

TransmissionAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Buying New Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299If a Tyre Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290


348 Index

Tyres (cont'd)Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Pressure Monitor Operation . . 292Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 291Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Run-Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Sealant andCompressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Sealant and CompressorKit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Wheel Alignment and TyreBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 300When It Is Time for NewTyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

UUsing This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

VVehicleAlarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Identification Number (VIN) . . . 332Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Personalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 146

Vehicle (cont'd)Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 124Vehicle CareStoring the Tyre Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 309

Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

WWarningBrake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 121Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 240

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

WarningsHazard Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Washer, Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

WheelsAlignment and TyreBalance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

When It Is Time for NewTyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 88Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

WindscreenReplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Winter Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 274Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Documents

2k16 export cadillac CTS KTA-6501 2 GB.ai 1 9/4/2015 10:22